Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 396

NOV Galena Park - Ideal Rig 135 FD-1600 Mud Pump

FINAL DOCUMENTATION

User Manual

Customer
NOV Galena Park
National Oilwell Varco
Rig/Hull
Ideal Rig 135 10000 Richmond Ave.
Project Manager
- Houston, Texas 77042
Sales Order Number
USA
113387
Serial Number Phone: (713) 346-7500
-
Project Number
FAX: (713) 435-2195
TX8912
Document Number Rev
D2G1007002-FDD-001 01

www.nov.com
Document number D2G1007002-FDD-001
Revision 01
Page ii

REVISION HISTORY

01 05.23.2012 For Information JO CJ BS


Rev Date (mm.dd.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


01 Initial Release

www.nov.com
Final Documentation Package S.O. Number: 113387
NOV Galena Park - Ideal Rig 135 Page: iii

Table of Contents
This manual may consist of several volumes, chapters and sections and is housed in a number of
different binders as necessary to adequately document the equipment presented.

FINAL DOCUMENTATION PACKAGE


NOV Galena Park - Ideal Rig 135
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Description Chapter - Section

Introduction Title Page ............................................................................ i


Revision History ................................................................. ii
Table of Contents ...............................................................iii

FD-1600 Mud Pump ............................................................................................................ 1.0


Product Datasheet ................................................................................................................ 1.1
Operation Manual .................................................................................................................. 1.2
Pressure Relief Valves .......................................................................................................... 1.3
Pre-Shipment & Storage Preservation .................................................................................. 1.4
General Lubrication Bulletin .................................................................................................. 1.5
Commissioning Procedure .................................................................................................... 1.6
Safety Wire Procedure .......................................................................................................... 1.7
Design Specification - Design Torque Standard ................................................................... 1.8
Recommended Lubricants & Hydraulic Fluids ...................................................................... 1.9
Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness ................................................................................................. 1.10
Technical Drawing Package ................................................................................................ 1.11
Recommended Spare Parts ................................................................................................ 1.12
Service Center Directory ..................................................................................................... 1.13

Accessories ........................................................................................................................ 2.0


Motor ..................................................................................................................................... 2.1
Pulsation Dampener .............................................................................................................. 2.2
Reset Relief Valve................................................................................................................. 2.3
Pressure Gauge .................................................................................................................... 2.4

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Chapter 1.0
FD-1600 Mud Pump

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.1
Product Datasheet

www.nov.com
Product Datasheet

FD-1600
Triplex Mud Pump

RIG/PLANT REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION


FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump
ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS
This document contains proprietary and confidential information National-Oilwell, L.P.
which belongs to National-Oilwell, L.P.; it is loaned for limited 12950 West Little York
REMARKS purposes only and remains the property of National-Oilwell, L.P.
Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or Houston, TX 77041
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the USA
express written consent of National-Oilwell, L.P. This document is Phone 713-937-5000
to be returned to National-Oilwell, L.P. upon request and in any
CLIENT PO NUMBER event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. Fax 713-937-5050
 National-Oilwell, L.P.
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER DOCUMENT NUMBER REV

Client Document Number FD-1600-DAS-001 01

www.nov.com
Document number FD-1600-DAS-001
Revision 01
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

01 27.02.2006 Issued for implementation SB PG


Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


01 First issue

www.nov.com
Document number FD-1600-DAS-001
Revision 01
Page 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 PERFORMANCE DATA ................................................................................................... 4


2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ......................................................................................... 5
2.1 General Dimensions ............................................................................................... 5
2.2 Specifications for the FD-1600 ............................................................................... 6

www.nov.com
Document number FD-1600-DAS-001
Revision 01
Page 4

1 PERFORMANCE DATA

7’’ 6 ¾” 6 ½’’ 6’’ 5 ½’’ 5”


Liner size, inches (mm)
(178) (171) (165) (152) (140) (127)
Max. Discharge Pressure, psi 3423 3688 3981 4665 5000 5000
(kg/cm2) (240) (259) (280) (328) (352) (352)
Pump Speed, Input HP, GPM** GPM** GPM** GPM** GPM** GPM**
spm HP (kW) (LPM**) (LPM**) (LPM**) (LPM**) (LPM**) (LPM**)
1600* 719 669 620 444 529 367
120*
(1193*) (2721) (2532) (2347) (1681) (2002) (1389)
1467 659 613 568 407 485 337
110
(1094) (2494) (2320) (2150) (1540) (1836) (1275)
1333 599 557 517 370 441 306
100
(994) (2267) (2108) (1957) (1400) (1669) (1158)
1200 539 502 465 333 397 275
90
(895) (2040) (1900) (1760) (1260) (1503) (1041)
1067 479 446 413 296 353 245
80
(796) (1813) (1688) (1563) (1120) (1336) (927)
933 419 390 362 258 309 214
70
(696) (1586) (1476) (1370) (977) (1170) (810)
800 359 334 310 222 264 183
60
(597) (1359) (1264) (1173) (840) (999) (693)
5.99 5.57 5.16 4.41 3.70 3.06
Volume/Stroke, gal. (Liters)
(22.67) (21.08) (19.53) (16.69) (14.00) (11.58)
*Rated maximum input horsepower and speed
**Based on 90% Mechanical and 100% Volumetric Efficiency

www.nov.com
Document number FD-1600-DAS-001
Revision 01
Page 5

2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

2.1 General Dimensions

Figure 1: FD-1600 Triplex Pumps (7'' x 12'')

Dimension, ft in (mm)
A 6’ 10’’ (2,083)
B 5’ 5 ¾’’ (1,670)
C 6’ 1 ⅜’’ (1,864)
D 7’ 4 ⅜’’ (2,245)
E 2’ 6 ¼” (768)
F 1’ 5 11⁄16‘’ (449)
G 4’ 11 ¾’’ (1,518)
H 1’ 9 ¾’’ (552)
I 1’ 1 ¾’’ (350)
J 1’ 0’’ (311)
K 16’ 0’’ (4,877)
L 8’ 0’’ (2,438)
M 3’ 2 9⁄16‘’ (979)
N 3’ 6 ⅜’’ (1,076)
P 3’ 11 ½’’ (1,207)
R 3’ ¼’’ (921)

www.nov.com
Document number FD-1600-DAS-001
Revision 01
Page 6

2.2 Specifications for the FD-1600

General Specifications
Type 3 - cylinder Single-Action Piston
Pressure with 7’’ Liner, psi (kg/cm2) 3,423 (240)
Pressure with 5 ½’’ Liner, psi (kg/cm2) 5,000 (352)
Volume with 7’’ Liner @ 120 SPM, gpm (Liters/min) 719 (2,721)
Volume with 5 ½’’ Liner @ 120 SPM, gpm (Liters/min) 444 (1,680)
Nominal HP rating @ 120 SPM, HP (KW) 1600 (1,193)
Type Gear Double Helical
Gear Ratio 4.31:1
Lubrication Pressure and splash to all moving parts
Valve Pots Valve-over-valve, API # 7
Valve Pot Cover Screw Type
Cylinder Head Screw Type
Liner Lock Metal-to-Metal
Crossheard Guide Replaceable
Bearings
Main Shaft Bearings Spherical
Eccentric Bearings Straight Roller
Crosshead bearings Roller, double row,
Pinion Bearings Straight roller
Dimensions and Weight
Size, Bore and Stroke, in (mm) 7” x 12” (178 x 304.8)
Pinion Shaft Size and Keyway, in (mm) 8.5’’ (216) O.D.- 2’’ x 1’’ (51 x 25) keyway
Discharge outlet, in – psi (mm – kg/cm2) 5’’ (127 mm) – 5000 psi (352 kg/cm2) API Flange
Suction inlet, in (mm) 12’’ (305) Flange, Female pipe thread
Approx. Weight, Less fluid end accessories, lbs (kg) 52,478 (23,804)

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.2
Operation Manual

www.nov.com
Operation Manual

Triplex Mud Pump


For Models:
FD-500, FD-800, FD-1000 & FD-1600

RIG/PLANT REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION


Triplex Mud Pump
ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS
This document contains proprietary and confidential information National Oilwell Varco
which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited 1530 W Sam Houston Pkwy. N
REMARKS purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell Varco.
Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or Houston, TX 77043
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the Phone 713-935-8000
express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is Fax 713-935-8382
to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any
CLIENT PO NUMBER event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned.
© National Oilwell Varco
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER DOCUMENT NUMBER REV

Client Document Number EPL-1911 01

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

01 15.08.2006 New Manual TMH TMH KS


Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 3

PREFACE

This manual is provided for guidance of those who wish to install, repair, maintain, or adjust the
National Oilwell Varco equipment covered herein. This information has been prepared with a
basic viewpoint to give accurate and concise data needed to perform minor adjustments as well
as major overhauls.

This information is not elementary, as it is intended for operators and servicemen who are familiar
with drilling equipment in general. It is not intended, nor would it be possible in such limited
space, to cover every possible condition which may be encountered. Always use good, sound
mechanical practices and safety precautions.

All specifications are in accordance with Engineering designs and should be adhered to in all
repairs. Operation and maintenance information on equipment other than National Oilwell Varco’s
is taken in part from the various manufacturers’ manuals. If the equipment manufacturers issue
later instructions, or in the event of conflict, the manufacturer’s information will take precedence
over that shown in this manual, unless specifically stated otherwise.

Refer to the General Lubrication Bulletin for approved lubricants. If any discrepancy exists
between the recommendations in this manual and the General Lubrication Bulletin, those in the
Lubrication Bulletin will take precedence.

The manual sections follow logical divisions in major components, and cover all standard
production unless otherwise specified. Specifications and components covered are for standard
equipment current at the time this manual was approved for printing.

National Oilwell Varco reserves the right to discontinue models at any time, or change
specifications or design of any model without notice and without incurring any obligation.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 4

IN ORDER TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY during performance of any maintenance


or inspection procedures, this equipment must be shut down and not operating. Each
motor and generator is equipped with a motor cutout switch. This switch should be IN,
and the safety bar in place, when any maintenance or inspection procedures are
performed. Employ good mechanical practices when making maintenance repairs,
adjustments, inspections, etc.

When operating all mechanical and electrical equipment, all safety devices must be
engaged, properly adjusted, and in good operating condition, including overtravel devices
for traveling blocks, warning or shutdown devices for engines, etc.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PREFACE.................................................................................................................................... 3
1 INSTALLATION OF NEW PUMP ................................................................................... 11
2 SETTING THE PUMP ..................................................................................................... 11
2.1 Land Installations.................................................................................................. 11
3 SUCTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS........................................................................... 16
3.1 Caution ................................................................................................................. 16
4 PREPARATION OF POWER END ................................................................................. 17
4.1 Power End Lubrication.......................................................................................... 17
4.2 Installation of Crosshead Extension Rods and Diaphragm Stuffing Box Seals..... 18
5 PISTON AND LINER COOLING SYSTEM ..................................................................... 19
5.1 Stationary spray (View A, Fig. 6) .......................................................................... 20
5.2 Moving Nozzle ...................................................................................................... 20
6 ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS ............................................................................. 23
6.1 Valves and Seats.................................................................................................. 23
7 FD-500, FD-800 & FD-1000............................................................................................ 24
7.1 Liners.................................................................................................................... 25
7.2 Piston Rod ............................................................................................................ 25
7.3 Piston Rod Clamps ............................................................................................... 25
7.4 Liner Cage and Lower Valve Guide ...................................................................... 26
7.5 Cylinder head ....................................................................................................... 26
7.6 Discharge Valve Pot Covers ................................................................................. 26
8 FD-1600 .......................................................................................................................... 27
8.1 Liner...................................................................................................................... 28
8.2 Piston Rod ............................................................................................................ 28
8.3 Piston Rod Clamps ............................................................................................... 29
8.4 Lower Valve Guide and Cylinder Head................................................................. 29
8.5 Discharge Valve Pot Covers ................................................................................. 29
8.6 Discharge Manifold all models .............................................................................. 30

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 6

8.7 Suction Flange...................................................................................................... 30


8.8 Accessory Manifold............................................................................................... 30
9 LUBRICATION ............................................................................................................... 31
9.1 Minimum Operating Speeds ................................................................................. 32
9.2 Controlled Flow Splash System ............................................................................ 33
9.3 Total Pressure lubrication System ........................................................................ 34
10 MAINTENANCE OF THE LUBRICATION SYSTEM ...................................................... 36
11 MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 38
11.1 Power End ............................................................................................................ 38
11.2 Roller Bearings ..................................................................................................... 39
11.3 Pinion Shaft Assembly.......................................................................................... 41
11.4 Crankshaft Assembly (Fig. 16) ............................................................................ 42
11.5 Installing Crankshaft Assembly in Frame.............................................................. 46
11.6 Installation of Crosshead Guides .......................................................................... 48
11.7 Installation of Crossheads .................................................................................... 49
11.8 Checking crosshead alignment............................................................................. 51
12 FLUID END MAINTENANCE.......................................................................................... 51
12.1 Fluid Cylinder Blocks ............................................................................................ 52
12.2 Suction Manifold ................................................................................................... 53
12.3 Discharge Manifold ............................................................................................... 53
12.4 Cylinder Head Thread Ring .................................................................................. 54
12.5 Welding and Repairs ............................................................................................ 54
12.6 Welding Procedures ............................................................................................ 58
12.7 Repairs to Valve Pot Cover Bore .......................................................................... 59

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 7

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 8

Allow sufficient clearance for removal of these parts.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 9

General Dimensions

FD-500 (mm) FD-800 ( mm ) FD-1000 ( mm ) FD-1600 ( mm )


A 3’-11-3/8” (1203) 4’-8-7/8” (1445) 4’-10-5/8” (1489) 5’-0-5/8” (1540)
B --- --- --- -- ---- -- 5’-7-13/16” (1722)
C 3’-2-15/16” (989) 3’-4-1/2” (1029) 3’-8-3/8” (1127) 4’-0-1/8” (1222)
D 3’-11-3/16” (1198) --- -- ---- -- 4’-8-1/16” (1424)
E 12-1/16” (305) 12-7/16” ( 316 ) 13-3/4” ( 349 ) 13-3/16” ( 335 )
F 3’-1” (939) --- -- ---- -- 4’-3-3/4” (1315)
G 3’-8-1/2” (1197) 3’-11-1/8” (1197) 4’-5-1/2” (1359) 4’-11-3/4” (1518)
H 4’-9” (1448) 5’-1-3/4” (1568) 8’-0” 92438) 7’-10” (2388)
J 6’-9-7/8” (2079) 7’-11-3/8” (2423) 8’-4-1/4” (2546) 8’-11-7/8” (2740)
** K --- --- 4’-6-1/4” (1378) 4’-6-7/8” (1394) 4’-10-1/4” (1480)
L (Dia.) 5.5” (139) 7.00” (177.8) 7.750” (196.85) 8.500” (215.90)
(Keyway) 1-1/4” x 5/8” (31.7 x 15.8) 1-3/4 x 7/8” (44.45 x 22.225) 2” x 1” (50.8 x 25.4) 2” x 1” (50.8 x 25.4)
M 3’-11” (1193) 4’-3-3/8” (1305) 4’-9-3/8” (1457) 5’-5-3/4” (1670)
N 5’-0-3/4” (1543) 5’-5-1/4” (1657) 5’-11-1/8” (1807) 6’-10” (2083)
P 4’-3-3/8” (1305) 4’-6” (1372) 5’-1” (1549) 6’-1-3/8” (1864)
Q 12’-0” (3658) 13’-0” (3962) 13’-6” (4115) 16’ (4877)
R 1’-3-5/16” (389) 1’-3-5/8” ( 397 ) 1’-6-7/8” ( 479 ) 1’-9-3/4” ( 553 )
S 10” (254) 10” ( 254 ) 12” ( 305 ) 12-1/4” ( 311 )
T --- --- 1’-1” ( 330 ) 1’-1” ( 330 ) 1’-4-1/2” ( 419 )
U --- --- 2’-0-1/2” ( 622 ) 1’-2-3/8” ( 365 ) 1’-1-3/4” ( 349 )
V 3’-0-3/4” (933) 3’-1-1/2” ( 953 ) 2’-2-3/8” ( 670 ) 2’-6-1/4” ( 768 )
W 9-3/4” (250) 10-3/4” ( 273 ) 10-3/4” ( 273 ) 12-9/16” ( 319 )
X 1’-4-7/8” (422) --- -- ---- -- 1’-7-1/4” ( 489 )

**Required to remove Suction Desurger.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 10

Specifications

FD-500 FD-800 FD-1000 FD-1600


Max. Liner Size 6-3/4” (171.45 mm) 6-3/4” (171.45 mm) 6-3/4” (171.45 mm) 7-1/2” (190.5 mm)
and stroke 7-1/2” (191 mm) 9” (228.6 mm) 10” (254 mm) 12” (304.8 mm)
Nominal HP 500 HP 800 HP 1000 HP 1600 HP
Rating @ 165 SPM @ 150 SPM @ 140 SPM @ 120 SPM
Type Gear Herringbone Herringbone Herringbone Double Helical
4.31:1 4.31:1 4.31:1 4.31:1
Lubrication Pressure and Splash to all Moving Parts
Valve Pots API No. 6 API No. 6 API No. 6 API No. 7
Approx. Wt. 18,657 (8,463 kg) 26,603 (12,067 kg) 33,770 (15,318 kg) 46,820 (21,238 kg)
(Lbs.)

*FD Max. liner size 7” (177.8 mm)

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 11

1 INSTALLATION OF NEW PUMP

Your National Oilwell Varco pump has been completely assembled and test operated under
pressure before being shipped to the field. Unless otherwise instructed, the lubrication is
drained from the power end and the expendable parts are removed from the fluid end.
Before putting the pump into service, the following precautions and operations must be
performed or checked.

In order to prevent personal injury during the performance of any maintenance or

inspection procedures, this equipment MUST BE SHUT DOWN AND NOT OPERATING,

and all safety devices on prime movers, drives, etc., MUST BE IN THE SAFE POSITION.

2 SETTING THE PUMP


The skids under the National Oilwell Varco pumps are suitable for most any type of
installation. It should be noted, however, that the box type construction of the power frame
has high resistance to bending but relatively less resistance against twist. Therefore, the
support under the pump must be level and adequate to support the weight and operating
forces exerted by the pump.

2.1 Land Installations


In land installations, a mat of 3” X 12” (76.20 mm x 304.8 mm) boards laid side crosswise to
the pump skids for the entire length, or at a minimum, at the points indicated in Fig. 2, is
usually sufficient. The boards should be a few feet wider than the width of the pump skid
runners. Wet or marshy locations may require a more stable foundation.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 12

Fig. 2

Suitable means, such as National Oilwell Varco pump spacers as shown in Fig. 3, should
be used to keep the pump anchored and the drive in alignment. National Oilwell Varco
mud pump spacers provide 8-1/2” (215.9mm) adjustment. Any desired length may be
obtained by lengthening the standard pipe spacer, which is made of 3” (76.20mm) extra
strong pipe.

Three types of attaching heads are available with this spacer:

1. The chain type to fit pipe.

2. The hinged flange type for


attachment to flat surfaces.

3. Any combination of the two.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 13

2.1.1 Permanent Installations


On permanent installations such as barge, platform, structural base, or concrete slab,
where pump skids are bolted down, it is essential that the skids be properly shimmed to
prevent possibility of twisting or distorting the power frame. The pump skids must sit solid
on all shim points with bolts loose.

On barge installations, the pump


skids are generally bolted down to
T-beams running parallel and in line
with the pump skids. Install shims at
points shown in Figs. 2 and 4 and
observe caution of proper shimming
to prevent twist or distortion.

The shims on all installations should


extend the full width of the skid
beam flanges and have a minimum
length of 12” (305mm).

On installations where the power unit or electric motor is mounted integrally with the pump
skids, the preferred installation would be to set the pump package on the T-beam skids and
provide retention blocks rather than bolts to hold it in place. This will allow the pump to
“float” and minimize the transfer of barge deck or platform distortion into the frame.

2.1.2 Installation of the Drive


The drive between the mud pumps and the power source, whether V-belts or multi-width
chains, should be installed with the greatest care to assure maximum operating life with
minimum of unexpected or undesirable shutdowns due to drive failures.

When installing the drive sheave or sprocket, make sure all grease or rust preventative is
removed from the shaft and the bore of the drive. Remove all burrs or rough spots from the
shaft, key, and keyway. Fit key to the keyways in both the shaft and drive and install key
into shaft keyway.

Coat pinion shaft with a light coating of anti-seize compound or light oil and install the drive
sheave or sprocket hub. Tighten hub bolts as indicated below:

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 14

When a wrench or length of pipe is used to increase leverage in tightening draw-up bolts, it
is imperative to adhere to the wrench torque values given in the chart below. This
adherence is important, because in mounting the hub, the tightening force on the bolts is
multiplied many times by the wedging action of the tapered surface. This action
compresses the hub for a snug fit on the shaft. If the bolt tightening forces are extreme,
bursting pressure is created in the hub of the mounted pulley; this pressure may cause the
pulley to crack. The hub bolts should always be tightened alternately and progressively.

QD Wrench Torque Wrench Length Wrench Pull


Hub Ft. Lb. Inches Lbs.
FD-500 P 540 (62 meter kg) 30 (.76 meters) 180 (82 kg)
FD-800 W 600 (83 meter kg) 36 (.90 meters) 200 (92.2 kg)
FD-1000 W 600 (83 meter kg) 36 (.90 meters) 200 (92.2 kg)
FD-1600 W 600 (83 meter kg) 36 (.90 meters) 200 (92.2 kg)

2.1.2.1 V-Belt Drives


a. Check sheave groove condition.

Before installing the V-belts, check sheave grooves for wear. Worn or rounded
grooves will destroy V-belts rapidly. The side walls must be straight. Sheave
grooves must be free of dirt, rust or other extrusions which could damage the V-
belts.

b. Check sheave alignment.

The final alignment of the V-belt sheaves should be checked after the V-belts have
been installed and adjusted to their operating tension. If the sides of the sheaves
are of equal distance from the centerline of the groove, check alignment by
stretching TWO strings (fish line or piano wire preferred) along one side of the two
sheaves, one above and one below the centerline, and moving one of the sheaves
until the strings touch four points on the side of the sheave rims. This will determine
that the centerline of the drives are parallel and the faces of the sheaves are square.

c. Adjust V-belts for proper tension.

Adjust the belt tension by moving the sheaves apart until all of the sag has just been
eliminated from the tight side of the belt and some of the belts on the slack side.
Then increase the centers approximately ½” (13mm) for each 100” (2540 mm)
center distance. Example: On 150” (3810 mm) center, move pump an additional ¾”
(19.5 mm).

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 15

DO NOT OBTAIN BELT TENSION BY PICKING UP END OF PUMP AND


ALLOWING BELTS TO TIGHTEN UNDER WEIGHT OF PUMP AS END IS
BEING LOWERED TO THE GROUND.

2.1.2.2 Chain Drives


a. Installation

Proper installation and maintenance of the sprocket and chain drives are essential if
good service life is to be obtained. Since many factors, such as chain width, center
distances, speeds, and loads must be considered when determining the allowable
tolerance for sprocket alignment, no good “rule of thumb” can be applied. The chain
alignment must simply be held as nearly perfect as possible. A more precise
alignment can be made by stretching two steel wires (piano wire) along one face of
the two sprockets, one above and one below the centerline, and moving one of the
sprockets until the wires touch at four points. This will determine that the centerlines
of the drives are parallel and the faces of the sprockets are square.

b. Drive chain lubrication

The pump drive chain lubrication system on the majority of National Oilwell Varco
pumps is an independent system having its own oil pump, reservoir, and drive. Fill
chain case to the indicated level with a non-detergent oil as follows:

Ambient temperature above 32°F (0°C) SAE-30


Ambient temperature below 32°F (0°C) SAE-20

For temperatures below 0°F, consult a reputable lubrication dealer for


recommendations.

REFER TO GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN for approved lubricants and


additional specifications. If any discrepancy exists between the recommendations in
this manual and the General Lubrication Bullletin, those in the Lubrication Bulletin
will take precedence.

Since this is an independent system, it will require the same maintenance or service
attention employed on any other piece of machinery, including:

- Daily check of oil level.


- Daily check on condition of oil.
- Frequent check on oil pressure. (5-15 psi) (.352 - 1.06 kg/cm²)
- Volume of oil being applied to chain.
- Condition of nozzles in spray tube.
- Condition of oil pump drive (V-belts or chain)

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 16

NOTE: Oil pressure may be adjusted with the pressure relief adjusting screw
on the rear of the pump housing. Pressure drops may also indicate
suction and discharge filter screens need cleaning.

3 SUCTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS


Individual installation conditions will dictate the design of the suction system. The suction
of the FD-series pumps must have a positive head (pressure) for satisfactory performance.
The optimum suction manifold pressure is 20-30 psi (1.75-2 kg/cm²) for maximum
volumetric efficiency and expendable parts life. This head pressure is best supplied by a 5
x 6 centrifugal pump with 40 h.p. 1150 rpm electric motor. This type of drive requires a
device to automatically start and stop the centrifugal pump motor simultaneously with the
triplex pump. On DC electric powered rigs a signal can usually be supplied from the DC
control panel to energize a magnetic starter when the mud pump clutch air line will provide
a set of contacts for energizing the magnetic starter when clutch is engaged.

The charging pump can also be belt driven from the triplex pinion shaft charging type of
drive is not as efficient at slow speeds with viscous fluids.

Under some conditions the FD-Series pumps may be operated without a charging pump,
provided the fluid level in mud pits is higher than the top of the liners, fluid being pumped is
low viscosity and suction line must be short, straight and of at least the same diameter as
suction manifold inlet.

The suction lines should be piped with valve arrangements so the charging pump can be
by-passed so operation can be continued in event of charging pump failure or for
maintenance. Operation without a charging pump can be improved by replacing the
suction valve springs with a weaker spring.

Suction desurgers are a very effective aid for complete filling of the liners and dampening
pulsations in the suction line which results in a smoother flow in the discharge line. If your
pump is equipped with a suction desurger it must be pre-charged with compressed air
before operations are begun. See suction desurger manual for charging instructions.

3.1 Caution
Do not pipe the return line from the shear relief valve back into the suction system as a
relief valve operation will cause a sudden pressure rise in the system vastly greater than
the system pressure ratings, resulting in damage to manifold, suction desurger and
centrifugal pump.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 17

4 PREPARATION OF POWER END


Your National Oilwell Varco pump has been completely assembled and test operated
before being shipped to the field. Unless otherwise instructed, the lubrication is drained
from the power end, and the expendables are removed from the fluid end for storage
protection. Before operating the pump, the following must be performed or checked:

4.1 Power End Lubrication

Before installing lubricant, open inspection door in cover and check oil reservoir for
possible accumulation of condensation, etc., and drain and flush by removing the pipe
plugs on each side of the pump.

Add the proper type and quantity of lubrication in the power end. Refer to the Lubrication
Section of this manual, or lubrication plate on pump frame for type and quantity required.

Recheck oil level after pump has operated for a period of 15 minutes. Shut pump down
and allow approximately five minutes for the oil level to equalize. Check at oil level gauge,
Item 1, Fig. 1. It is usually necessary for a few more gallons of oil to be added due to a
certain amount being retained in the crosshead area and frame cavities.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 18

4.2 Installation of Crosshead Extension Rods and Diaphragm Stuffing Box Seals.

With reference to Figure 5, remove the diaphragm stuffing box and plate (1) and rotate
pump so that crosshead is at the front of the stroke. Thoroughly clean the front of the
crosshead and the face of the crosshead extension rod. Insert alignment boss on
crosshead extension rod into the crosshead bore and tighten the retainer bolts (2) to the
following torque. Safety wire bolt heads.

FD-500 50-60 ft. lbs. (7-8 meter kgs) FD-800 80-100 ft. lbs. (11-14mkgs.)
FD-1000 350-370 ft. lbs. (48-51 meter kgs) FD-1600 350-370 ft. lbs. (48-51mkgs.)

Thoroughly clean face of power frame and diaphragm stuffing box plate at Position “A”.
Install gasket (3) and capscrews (10). Tighten capscrews as follows:

FD-500 12-14 ft. lbs. FD-800 12-18 ft. lbs. FD-1600 90-120 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 1.9 meter kgs) (1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs) (12 - 17 meter kgs)
FD-1000 12-18 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs)

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 19

Clean bore and face of diaphragm stuffing box plate. Clean OD and flange of
diaphragm stuffing box. Coat OD of diaphragm stuffing box with light oil and install O-
ring seal (4). Insert diaphragm stuffing box in plate bore and tighten capscrews to the
following torque:

FD-500 12-14 ft. lbs. FD-800 12-18 ft. lbs. FD-1600 90-120 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 1.9 meter kgs) (1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs) (12 - 17 meter kgs)
FD-1000 12-18 ft. lbs.
(1.7 - 2.5 meter kgs).

The diaphragm stuffing box packing assembly consists of a single lip oil seal (6), a
double lip wiper seal (11), a separator spring (7), an O-ring (8), and a lock spring (9).
Install the assembly as follows:

a. Remove pressure spring (5) from single lip oil seal (6) and place seal in the inner
(power end) position on the crosshead extension rod, with lip toward power end.
Replace the pressure spring in the seal lip and slide the seal into position in the
stuffing box. SEE NOTE BELOW.

b. Insert the separator spring (7) over rod and slide it into stuffing box bore.

c. Install the O-ring (8) in groove in stuffing box bore.

d. Remove pressure spring (5) from double lip oil seal (11) and place seal in the
outer position on the crosshead extension rod with main lip toward power end.
Replace the pressure spring in the seal lip and slide the seal into position in the
stuffing box. SEE NOTE BELOW.

CAUTION: The double lip seal can be used in the inner, or power end, position to
replace the single lip seal, but DO NOT use the single lip seal in the
outer position.

e. Install the lock spring (9).

NOTE: CAUTION must be taken to assure the pressure spring (5) does not slip out
of the groove in the oil seal lip, as severe scoring of the crosshead
extension rod can occur. Coat extension rod with a light oil to facilitate
installation of the packing assembly.

5 PISTON AND LINER COOLING SYSTEM


Proper attention must be paid at all times to assure adequate cooling fluid is being applied
to the piston and liner assembly. Stoppage of the cooling fluid will result in almost instant
failure of the piston rubbers and possibly extensive damage to the liner bore.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 20

Two types of piston and liner cooling systems have been used on National Oilwell Varco
FD-Series Pumps -- the stationary spray type and a moving nozzle type. Ref. Fig. 6. The
manifold (1) for supplying cooling fluid to the piston and liner assemblies is identical on both
systems. Cooling fluid from either a remote source such as a water line, or from a pump
and reservoir system unitized on the pump skids (Ref. Fig. 7) must be piped into the
manifold at the connection located in the pump frame under the crosshead extension rod
section.

CAUTION: The supply line from a remote system should be equipped with a
strainer to prevent stoppage of the spray nozzles. Water should be
cool and free of abrasive solids. Clean strainer screen or trap once
each day, or as required.

The two types of cooling systems are outlined below:

5.1 Stationary spray (View A, Fig. 6)

The stationary spray cooling system consists of a spray nozzle (2) mounted on a liner
end cover plate (3), which applies cooling fluid in the form of a spray to the piston and
liner area. Adjust cooling water supply to the manifold so that a spray approximately
*12” long is being discharged from each spray nozzle. Inspect spray nozzle operation
VERY OFTEN, making sure the nozzle is pointed directly at the piston.

*(304.8mm)

5.2 Moving Nozzle

The moving nozzle system consists of a spray tube (4) mounted on the extension rod
clamp (5), which applies cooling fluid directly to the back face of the piston. The end of
the spray tube is positioned approximately 1” from the back face of the piston, which
causes the cooling fluid to be deflected so that it constantly floods the piston liner area
throughout the full stroke length.

Inspect spray tube very often to assure that ample cooling fluid is being supplied. At
routine intervals, check condition of the hose (6) which connects the spray tube to the
manifold. This hose travels back and forth with the piston rod assembly, therefore must
be installed so that its movement is not restricted.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 21

See sections 5.1 and 5.2 for call out numbers descriptions shown in figure 6.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 22

A typical rod cooling assembly consisting of fluid pump driven from pinion shaft and fluid
reservoir mounted in the skids is shown in Figure 7.

With reference to Fig. 7, maintain electric motor (1) and centrifugal pump (2) according
to manufacturer’s specifications. Rotation of the pump should be clockwise when
viewed from the impeller end.

Adjust regulating valve (3) to apply as much water as possible to the liners without
splashing back on the crosshead extension rods and diaphragm stuffing box plate. 10-
gallons per minute per liner is the preferred flow rate. If water is allowed to splash on
the crosshead extension rods, some of the water may work back into the power end to
contaminate the lubrication oil.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 23

The cooling fluid is returned from the crosshead extension rod compartment to the settling
chamber, and as the fluid overflows through the filter screen between the two sections of
the tank, the solids are allowed to settle out. The filter screen will catch much of the foreign
material floating in the fluid.

Check condition of the cooling fluid at frequent intervals and CLEAN and FLUSH reservoir
as required. Contaminated fluid will cause premature liner and piston wear from abrasion
or stoppage of the spray nozzle or spray tube.

6 ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS

6.1 Valves and Seats


Remove all three discharge valve pot covers (1), and three cylinder heads and plugs (2),
and thoroughly clean all machined surfaces in the fluid end with a good cleaning solvent.

Make sure all valve seat bores are VERY CLEAN AND DRY (free of dirt, grease, anti-rust
compound, etc.) and remove all burrs or nicks with a fine emery cloth, using circular motion
around seat surfaces.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 24

THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND DRY the valve seats and install suction and discharge valve
seats into the valve pot bores. Drive seats firmly into place with a bar and hammer.

Install valves and springs, etc., by following any special instructions that may have been
outlined by the specific valve and seat manufacturer.

Install fluid baffle (11), fig. 9 and 9B on end of crosshead extension rod.

7 FD-500, FD-800 & FD-1000


ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS

A cross-section through the fluid end is shown in Fig. 9. With reference to Fig.9, clean and
assemble the fluid end parts in the following manner:

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 25

7.1 Liners
Inspect liner bore again to make sure it is clean and free of foreign particles to assure metal
to metal contact between the liner and fluid end. Foreign particles can cause the liner to
make up in a “cocked” position resulting in premature wear on liners and pistons.

7.2 Piston Rod


Clean piston and piston rod, making sure they are free of nicks and burrs. Install “O” ring
seal (20) in groove in piston head. Slide piston head on rod while observing that “O” ring
does not fall out of groove. Tighten piston rod nut (21) to 1200-1600 ft. lbs. (166-121
m/kgs.).

Coat liner I.D. and piston O.D. with grease. Check ends of piston rod and extension rod to
be sure they are clean and free of burrs. Insert piston rod through liner holding piston rod
centered at the rear of the liner. Drive the piston into the liner with a driving tool or a piece
of hardwood and sledge hammer. Use caution as the piston rod approaches the crosshead
extension rod that the dowel on the end of the piston rod is not damaged. The piston rod
must be supported and the dowel guided into the pilot bore.

7.3 Piston Rod Clamps


The piston rod clamps are machined as one piece and then cut in half. The two pieces are
stenciled with matching numbers on each half and have a chain link connecting them
together. The two pieces with the same matching numbers should always be kept together
as a set. Install the clamp around the rod end flanges with the water connection holes at
top dead center. Tighten cap screws to the following torque values.

FD-500-368 ft. lbs. (51 Meter/kgs.)


FD- 800-100 ft. lbs. (14 Meter/kgs.)
FD-1000-160 ft. lbs. (22 Meter/kgs.)

When rods and rod clamps are new a gap in excess of ½” (13 MM) could be present
between the two halves of the clamp. This is satisfactory provided the faces of the rods are
seating metal to metal. As wear occurs, the halves will pull closer together. Clamping
action will be lost when a gap no longer exist. At this time clamps must be replaced.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 26

7.4 Liner Cage and Lower Valve Guide


Install rear liner seal (5) and push into position against liner shoulder. Slide liner cage (6)
into fluid end, align one hole in the cage with lower valve pot bore. Set lower valve guide
(8) over valve stem through lower hole in cage with the wings on the guide turned
crosswise to the pump. Press down on the guide, compressing the valve spring (7) until
the guide can be rotated ¼ turn and seat into place underneath the cage. Insert the lower
valve guide locking clip (9) through the pad eyes on the lower valve guide and rotate clip to
the right to lock the valve guide tight against the OD of the liner cage. It may sometimes be
necessary to put more or less bend in the center of the clip to make it retain the guide
tightly while the clip handle snaps into position on the right hand side.

7.5 Cylinder head


Insert the outer seal (5) in the fluid end bore against the liner cage. Slide the cylinder head
plug (10) into fluid end. Apply a liberal coat of grease to both mating thread surfaces of the
cylinder head (2). Screw cylinder head in and tighten with wrench furnished with pump and
sledge hammer.

Fluid leakage through the weep hole will indicate a defective seal or loose cylinder head.
DO NOT plug weep holes as this can result in severe damage to cylinder head threads,
thread rings, etc., in event of a liner seal failure.

7.6 Discharge Valve Pot Covers


Install discharge valve pot gasket (3) into bore, and after liberal application of grease or tool
joint compound to the gasket and thread area, tighten the discharge valve pot covers into
place, using a sledge hammer and bar.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 27

8 FD-1600
ASSEMBLY OF FLUID END PARTS

Figure 9B

A cross section through the fluid end is shown in fig. 9B. With reference to fig. 9B
thoroughly clean and assemble the fluid end parts in the following manner:

Note: All of the parts in this fluid end assembly are designed with metal to metal seating
to alleviate friction wear from breathing action encountered in modern high
pressure pump operation. For this reason it is essential that all parts be clean
and free of rust, nicks and burrs before being assembled.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 28

8.1 Liner
Install wear plate seal (1) in counterbore of fluid end. Slide wear plate (2) over studs until it
seats against fluid end. Slide liner thread ring (3) over studs with the starting thread at the
5 o’clock position and tighten nuts to 470-510 ft. lbs. (65-70 m/kgs.) torque.

Note: Placing the starting thread at 5 o’clock position makes engaging the liner lock
threads much easier.

Place liner seal (4) in counterbore of wear plate. Apply thin coat of grease to ID of liner
lock (5) and slide over rear of liner (6). Install two-piece liner lock ring (7) in liner groove
and “O” ring to hold them in position.

Slide liner handling tool over liner up against liner lock ring and tighten set screw to secure
it in place. Hoist liner assembly into position with jib hoist.

Note: FD pumps are factory equipped with jib booms and liner handling tools. If older
pumps are converted to FD fluid ends a jib boom should be added to the pump
frame as considerable weight is involved in handling the liner assembly.

Apply liberal coat of grease to liner lock threads. Align the starting thread of the liner lock
(5) to the 7 o’clock position and insert the liner into the liner thread ring (3) screw liner lock
in until liner seats in position . Tighten with sledge hammer on hammer lugs.

8.2 Piston Rod


Clean piston (9) and piston rod (8), making sure they are free of nicks and burrs. Install “O”
ring seal (10) in groove in piston head. Slide piston head on rod while observing that “O”
ring does not fall out of groove. Tighten piston rod nut (11) to 1200-1600 ft. lbs. (166-121
m/kgs.).

Coat liner I.D. and piston O.D. with grease. Check ends of piston rod and extension rod to
be sure they are clean and free of burrs. Insert piston rod into liner through cylinder head
opening holding piston rod centered at the rear of the liner. Drive the piston into the liner
with a driving tool or a piece of hardwood and sledge hammer. Use caution as the piston
rod approaches the crosshead extension rod that the dowel on the end of the piston rod is
not damaged. The piston rod must be supported and the dowel guided into the pilot bore.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 29

8.3 Piston Rod Clamps


The piston rod clamps are machined as one piece and then sawed in half. The two pieces
are stenciled with matching numbers on each half. The two pieces with the same matching
numbers should always be kept together as a set. Install the clamp around the rod end
flanges with the water connection holes at top dead center. Tighten cap screws to the
following torque values:

FD-1600 245 ft. lbs. (34 m/kgs.)

When rods and rod clamps are new a gap in excess of ½” (13 mm) could be present
between the two halves of the clamp. This is satisfactory provided the faces of the rods are
seating metal to metal. As wear occurs, the halves will pull closer together. Clamping
action will be lost when a gap no longer exists. At this time clamps must be replaced.
Install splash plate on rear of liner.

8.4 Lower Valve Guide and Cylinder Head


Slide the alignment ring (12) into the cylinder head opening engaging the alignment dowel
at the 3 o’clock position. Do not drive on this piece as dowel or dowel hole will be
damaged. It will slide easily into place when it is properly aligned.

Insert the lower valve guide (13) through the alignment ring and position the guide over the
valve stem. Start the lock bolt (14) and draw it down, compressing the valve spring and
seating the valve guide in the tapered slot. Tighten lock bolt to 300 to 340 ft. lbs. 41 to 47
m/kg².

Install head seal (15) on cylinder head plug (16). Coat seal and O.D. of plug with light oil.
Screw a 3 ft. (1 M) length of pipe into the threaded opening on the plug. Using the pipe to
balance the plug, slide it straight into the fluid end opening. Apply a liberal coat of grease
to the cylinder head (17) with wrench provided and sledge hammer.

Fluid leakage through the weep hole will indicate a defective seal or loose cylinder head.
DO NOT plug weep hole as this can result in severe damage to cylinder head threads,
thread rings, etc., in event of a liner seal failure.

8.5 Discharge Valve Pot Covers


Install discharge valve pot gasket (18) into bore, and after liberal application of grease or
tool joint compound to the gasket and thread area, tighten the discharge valve pot covers
(19) into place, using a sledge hammer and bar.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 30

8.6 Discharge Manifold all models


A 5”-1500*RTJ flange connection is provided on the discharge manifold. REMOVE flange
and protect gasket area before welding (customer’s option) to the discharge piping.
(*127mm)

Tighten discharge flange connection bolts to *1200-1600 ft. lbs. torque. To insure uniform
make-up of the ring joint connection, tighten flange bolt nuts in a crisscross order. (*166-
121 meter kgs.)

If a blind flange is installed on the opposite end of the discharge manifold, check flange
bolts and tighten to same specification as noted above.

8.7 Suction Flange


The suction flange has a 12” (305mm) standard pipe thread connection and is custom
made to match the companion flange on the pump suction manifold. The flange connection
is sealed off by an O-ring seal (14” OD x 13-1/2” ID x ¼ “), (356mm OD x 343mm I.D. x
6.35mm Dia.)

NOTE: Thoroughly clean O-ring groove and face of flanges before making up connection.
Flanges must make up metal to metal to insure proper seal. Tighten flange bolts to 360-
490 ft. lbs. (50-68 meter kgs.) torque.

CAUTION: If suction pipe is welded to suction flange, remove O-ring prior to welding.

8.8 Accessory Manifold


Fig. 10 is not the standard
discharge arrangement on the
model FD-1600 pump, which uses
the strainer cross configuration.
An accessory manifold, Fig.10, is
available for installation on the
discharge manifold opposite the
discharge end. The manifold will
accommodate a discharge
pulsation dampener (1) and
provides two 3”-6000 PSI*side
outlet connections for such items as
a pressure gauge (2) and a shear
relief valve (3).

When manifold is used, install and


maintain as follows:

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 31

The flange on the accessory manifold is a 5”-1500 *RTJ. Thoroughly clean ring joint
groove, install ring (4) and tighten the flange bolts (5) to 1200 ft. lbs. torque. To assure
uniform make-up of the ring joint connection, tighten the nuts in a criss-cross order.

The shear relief valve (3) is installed on the discharge manifold for the purpose of
protecting the pump from excessively high pressure overloads.

The relief valve must be installed so that it will be directly exposed to the mud. DO NOT
PUT ANY TYPE OF SHUT OFF VALVE between the relief valve and the manifold. Pipe
the discharge side of the relief valve directly into the mud pit with as few turns in the line as
possible. IT IS NOT RECOMMENDED for the discharge side of the valve to be piped into
the suction line of the pump.

* 5” - = 127mm

3” - 6000 PSI = two 76.2mm - 422 kg/cm²

The relief valve setting should be just above the maximum pressure rating of the particular
liner size being used. CHANGE SETTINGS with each liner size change. DO NOT USE
ALLEN WRENCHES, WELDING RODS, or material other than that called for by the
manufacturer of the relief valve, as this will affect the rating of the relief valve.

The mounting for the dischage pulsation dampener (1) is a RTJ flange with R-39 ring
gasket. Before installing dampener, thoroughly clean ring groove and ring, and after setting
dampener into place, tighten the 1-1/4”*nut (6) to 750 ft.lbs*. torque. To insure uniform
make-up, tighten nuts in a criss-cross order.

Precharge dampener before starting up pump. Precharge pressure should not be more
than 2/3 of the pump discharge pressure, or a maximum of 650 PSI. (46 kg/cm²)

CAUTION: USE ONLY COMPRESSED NITROGEN OR AIR. DO NOT CHARGE WITH


OXYGEN.

* 1-1/4” = 32mm

750 ft. lbs. = 104 meter kgs

9 LUBRICATION
Proper lubrication of the moving parts in any piece of machinery is the most important
single factor affecting its ultimate life. To obtain maximum trouble-free service life from the
power end of the National Oilwell Varco pump, it is necessary to perform routine
maintenance care and inspections to insure the proper amount of CLEAN lubricant is being
provided.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 32

The FD-Series pumps utilize the controlled flow oil bath splash and pressure system to
lubricate the entire power end. The type of pressure system provided in each individual
pump will govern the minimum SPM at which the pump can be operated, i.e. pumps which
have pressure lubrication only to the main and pinion bearings, have a minimum rated
speed of 40 SPM. Pumps in which pressure lubrication is provided to the main, pinion, and
crosshead bearings and crosshead compartments may be operated at a minimum speed of
25 SPM, provided there is a minimum of 5 PSI oil pressure. (352 grams/cm²)

9.1 Minimum Operating Speeds


The minimum speed for all pumps is 40 SPM.

CAUTION: The pressure lubricating system can be provided with an externally mounted oil
pump driven through V-belts or electric AC motor; or an internally mounted oil pump driven
from the main gear. When an internally mounted oil pump is used, the direction of rotation
of the pinion shaft must be as shown in Fig. 11.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 33

9.2 Controlled Flow Splash System


The controlled flow splash lubrication system is the same for all FD-Series pumps,
regardless of the type of oil pump drive provided for the pressure system. In the controlled
flow splash system, the main gear picks oil up from the reservoir, and when the teeth mesh
with the pinion, the oil is displaced into various troughs and compartments in the frame.
With reference to Figure 13, the oil thrown into trough (7) is directed through the oil tube (8)
to the two pinion bearings.

Oil passage from the top of the crosshead guide compartment to the crosshead bearing is
shown in Figure 12. Oil accumulates in the compartment over the crossheads. The oil
runs through the nipple (6) into the crosshead retainer to the oil passages (5) and on to the
crosshead pin bearing. As noted, the duplicate set of passageways (5) in the crosshead
pin permits the crosshead pins to be rotated without having to give attention to hole
alignment. This permits the installation of crosshead pins from either direction.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 34

9.3 Total Pressure lubrication System


The total pressure lubrication system, incorporating the internally mounted oil pump for the
FD-series pumps, is shown in Figure 13.

In this system, filtered oil is supplied to the pump through the suction filter (1) and is
discharged from the pump into the manifold block (2). Oil is distributed from the manifold
block to the pinion shaft bearing oil line (3) and spray nozzle (3A); and to the main bearing
oil line (4) and the crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) located above the
crosshead compartment. The crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) distributes oil to
the crosshead, crosshead bearings, and extension rods. Pumps which do not have the
crosshead compartment manifold block (4A) do not have the total pressure lubrication
system, and therefore have a minimum rated speed of 40 SPM.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 35

A pressure gauge (5) is mounted on the back wall of the frame to show oil pressure being
maintained in the manifold block. The oil pressure will, of course, vary with the speed of
the main pump, however if a sudden pressure drop or increase occurs, refer to the section
on maintenance of lubrication system for possible cause.

A pressure relief valve (6) is mounted to the manifold block to keep excess pressure form
damaging oil pump and drive. The relief valve is preset at 40 PSI and must not be
tampered with.

NOTE: If specified, the oil pump for the pressure lubrication system can be independently
powered by an electric motor or some other type of prime mover. When the
independently driven oil pump is used, some type of alarm device or power
interlock must be installed to assure the oil pump is operating when the main pump
is put into service.

When installing the internally mounted oil pump (9, Fig. 13), position pump so that the back
face of the drive gear is flush and parallel with the edge of the main gear, and gear teeth
have*.010-.015 backlash. Remove inspection plate on power end cover for access to the
internally mounted oil pump and filter screen. (* .25 - .38mm)

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 36

A typical layout for the pinion shaft driven oil pump is shown in Fig. 14. The oil pump (1) is
piped into the oil system through the suction and pressure connections on the bottom
inside wall of the power frame. Ref. Item 10, Fig. 13. The V-belt drive (2) is adjusted by
moving pump up or down on the mounting bracket.

Adjust the V-belt drive (2) to a point where the two halves of the belt can almost be
“pinched” together between the thumb and fingers at the center of the drive.
Overtightening can cause premature failure of the pump.

When link type belting is used, caution should be exercised in predetermining belt
elongation. Link type belting in A, B and C widths will elongate approximately 1” per foot
(25mm per 305mm). When installing a drive, subtract 1” per foot from actual required
length (132” required - install 121”) and stretch to fit. (Subtract 25mm/305mm)

To prevent possible injury, always install guard (3, Fig. 14) over V-belts before putting
pump into service.

10 MAINTENANCE OF THE LUBRICATION SYSTEM


Adequate lubrication of the moving parts is, as stated, the most important single factor
affecting the ultimate service life of the pump. CARE AND MAINTENANCE of the system
is the sole responsibility of the operator or crew to which it has been assigned, and the
extent to which this is applied will determine the amount of trouble-free service life that will
be obtained.

The lubricant recommendations shown below, on the name plate on the side of the pump,
or in the General Lubrication Bulletin included with this manual, are the result of extensive
field tests. Substitutions should be made only in extreme emergencies.

REFER TO GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN for approved lubricants and additional


specifications. If any discrepancy exists between the recommendations in this manual and
the General Lubrication Bulletin, those in the Lubrication Bulletin will take precedence.

Lubrication Specifications:

Use extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant as follows:

Temperatures +30°F to 155°F (-1°C to 68°C) AGMA No. 6 EP


Temperatures 0°F to 85°F (-18°C to 33°C) AGMA No. 4 EP
(Consult lubrication manual)

Oil reservoir capacity:

FD-500 65 U.S. Gal. (246 liters) FD-800 65 U.S. Gal. (246 liters)
FD-1000 75 U.S. Gal. (284 liters) FD-1600 100 U.S. Gal. (379 liters)

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 37

ONCE EACH TOUR, check and maintain oil level at the FULL mark on the bayonet gauge.
PUMP MUST BE SHUT DOWN and allowed to stand idle for approximately five minutes to
allow oil level to equalize.

ONCE EACH SIX MONTHS, or more often if oil becomes contaminated with abrasive
particles or corrosive compounds, drain and flush the oil reservoir and refill with new
lubricant. Oil drains are located on either side of the pump frame.

During the flushing procedure, thoroughly clean the oil troughs and the compartment in top
of the crosshead guide. Also clean or replace the filter element in the air breather cap and
clean suction screen. Remove covers from settling chamber and purge out contaminants
before adding new oil.

Routine inspection on condition of oil should be made as condensation of moisture in the


air, intrusion of mud, water or dirt, can necessitate a more frequent oil change.

A settling chamber is located in the forward area of the power end floor. Contamination in
the oil splashed into this area is allowed to settle out and should be drained out of the pump
through the clean out covers located on the frame wall underneath the crosshead
inspection doors.

Once each month, remove clean out covers on both sides of pump to drain contaminated
oil from settling chamber. Approximately 15-gallons of oil will be lost; replenish the main
reservoir to compensate for the amount drained out.

Once each week, remove one of the lower ½” capscrews that secure the clean out cover to
the frame to drain off water condensate.

ONCE EACH TOUR, check oil level in main reservoir. Maintain at full mark on dipstick to
the manifold block. If loss of pressure occurs, check for:

- Clogged suction screen


- Low oil level
- Slipping V-belt drive
- Broken or loose connections
- Damaged or worn oil pump
- Defective Relief Valve

For an abnormal increase in oil pressure, check for:

- Plugged oil lines


- Contamination causing oil to be viscous
- Relief valve inoperative
- Defective gauge
- Other conditions

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 38

11 MAINTENANCE

11.1 Power End


Routine inspection of the power end is the most important form of preventive maintenance
and will result in considerable savings by detecting any major trouble that might be
developing and allowing the necessary repairs to be made on a planned or normal rig-down
time.

1. Check tightness of the main bearing bolts. Bolts must be tightened to the following
torque:

FD-500 3000 ft. lbs. (415 meter kgs.) FD-800 6360 ft. lbs. (880mkg.)
FD-1000 8800 ft. lbs. (1217 meter kgs.) FD-1600 9750 ft. lbs. (1349mkg.)

2. Safety wires -

Check safety wires on all bolts including the main bearing hold-down bolts, eccentric
bearing retainer bolts, and gear retainer bolts. Replace any broken wires after
retightening the bolts. Refer to crankshaft assembly section for bolt torque
requirements.

3. Oil lines -

Check all oil lines to insure they are intact and free of obstructions. Check oil pump
suction hose for damage or flat areas.

4. Suction filter -

Check condition of suction filter. Clean and replace as required.

5. Main bearing cover -

Remove the main bearing cover and check tightness of main bearing retainer bolts,
condition of the bearing rollers, etc. Clean and remove any sludge or foreign substance
that might have accumulated at the bottom of the bearing area.

6. Main gear and pinion teeth -

Inspect the condition of the main gear teeth and pinion gear teeth for any indications of
abnormal wear. During the initial break-in period there will be some pitting on the face
of the gear teeth. This is referred to as “initial pitting” and is not harmful to the life of the
gear. However, if routine inspection indicates the degree of pitting continues to
increase, immediately contact the local representative of the pump manufacturer for a
more thorough inspection of the gear.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 39

7. Crosshead pin bolts and crosshead guides -

Remove cover and check condition of the crosshead pin bolts and safety wires. (Center
crosshead pin bolts can be reached by removing back cover and placing eccentric on
outer top dead center.) Tighten crosshead bolts (Item 4, Fig.19) to the following torque:

FD-500 90-100 ft. lbs.


FD-800 140-150 ft. lbs. (11 - 12 meter kgs)

FD-1000 165-175 ft. lbs. (23 - 24 meter kgs)


FD-1600 165-175 ft. lbs. (23 - 24 meter kgs)

DO NOT EXCEED THESE VALUES. USE TORQUE WRENCH

If the crosshead or guide shows abnormal wear or scoring, replace immediately as the
metal particles can cause damage to the bearings, etc. Excess wear can also cause
rapid wear to the piston and liners.

8. Oil and oil reservoir -

Check condition of the oil and cleanliness of the oil reservoir. Service oil system as
described in the Lubrication Section of this manual.

11.2 Roller Bearings


Although the basic construction of the various sizes of National Oilwell Varco pumps varies
somewhat, they all have one very important detail in common -- roller bearings. A roller
bearing is a precisely built machine within itself; therefore, careful handling is required in
order to obtain the long service life and high load carrying characteristics associated with
anti-friction bearings.

The main bearings are self-aligning spherical roller bearings. The pinion shaft is mounted
on straight roller bearings. The eccentric bearings are straight roller with thrust plates on
each side to keep the eccentric straps in line, and the crosshead pin bearings are straight
needle roller bearings.

None of the bearings require special adjustments.

All inner and outer races are assembled by means of very accurate fits. This accuracy is
necessary; therefore, if the bearings are to be used again, the inner and outer races and
the roller assemblies of each bearing must be kept together, and reinstalled exactly as they
came off.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 40

It is always necessary to completely replace any roller bearing that fails, even though only
one part of the bearing shows damage. Since the running clearances of these bearings are
extremely small, excessive clearances, worn or grooved raceways, and any pitting or
flaking of the parts is indicative of failure and the entire bearing should be changed as soon
as possible.

All roller bearings are assembled to their shafts by means of shrink fits. (Ref. bearing fit
data under each shaft assembly.) Damaged or worn bearings and raceways can be
removed by driving them off the shaft with a bar and hammer. They can be cut off the shaft
with a burning torch, but care must be taken not to burn into the shaft. Bearings should
always be heated in an oil bath, the temperature of which should not exceed 300°F
(149°C). Be certain that both the oil and the container are very clean. If the oil container is
in direct contact with the fire, place a rack into the container so that the bearings will not
rest on the bottom. Do not leave the bearings in the oil bath longer than three minutes.

Do not heat the bearings with a torch unless it is the only possible means available. When
it is necessary to use a torch, it should be used only by an experienced welder or
mechanic. Hold the torch at least 6 inches (150mm) away from the bearing and keep the
torch moving at all times. Heat the bearing only until it is hot to the touch. Use a Tempil
stick. DO NOT OVERHEAT THE BEARING. Overheating draws the temper of the metal
and makes the bearing soft.

Once the heated bearing is in place on the shaft, hold it in place until it cools. NEVER USE
WATER OR ANY OTHER LIQUID TO COOL A HOT BEARING. Rapid cooling will cause
the surfaces of the races and rollers to “check” or crack and the bearing will fail
immediately.

Never strike a roller bearing with a steel hammer. If the bearing must be driven into
position, use wood or a soft hammer and strike lightly.

Always lubricate the shaft or housing before installing the bearing. Clean white lead, or an
anti-seize compound, is the best lubricant for this purpose.

Do not remove a new bearing from the box or wrapping until it is to be installed. Protect it
from dirt and other foreign matter at all times. If a bearing must be cleaned, use clean
kerosene or other solvent.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 41

11.3 Pinion Shaft Assembly

Chart I

Inches

DESCRIPTION POSITION FD-500 FD-800 FD-1000 FD-1600


Inner Race to Shaft A T.0012-T.0022 T.0014-T.0024 T.002 -T.0042 T.0016-T.0038
Outer Race to Bore B L.0015-T.0005 L.0004-L.0024 L.0042-L.0006 L.0004-L.0040
Carrier to Frame Bore C L.003 -L.008 L.003 -L.008 L.003 -L.008 L.003 -L.005

Millimeters

Inner Race to Shaft A T.03 -T.06 T.036 -T.061 T.051 -T.107 T.041 -T.097
Outer Race to Bore B L.04 -T.01 L.010 -L.061 L.107 -L.015 L.010 -L.102
Carrier to Frame Bore C L.08 -L.21 L.076 - L.203 L.076 - L.203 L.076 -L.127

The pinion is an integral part of the shaft, leaving only the installation of the bearings and oil
seal spacer to complete the assembly.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 42

The running clearances of the bearings are predetermined by their precision fit to the shaft
and the bearing carrier. When performing maintenance or overhaul, make sure the fits
shown in Chart I are obtained.

When installing the pinion shaft assembly in the pump, observe the following precautions:

a. Insure pinion bearing carrier gasket (1) and oil seal carrier gasket (2) are in place
and in good condition.

b. The pinion bearing carrier (3) and the oil seal carrier (4) have the word “TOP” cast in
the face of the flange. MAKE SURE THE CARRIERS ARE INSTALLED WITH THIS
MARK AT THE TOP to correctly position oil troughs and align drain holes.

c. Remove burrs, dents or gouges from the OD of the oil seal spacer (5) before sliding
oil seal carrier (4) into place. Exercise care when sliding lip of seal over end of shaft
to prevent it from being damaged by the sharp edge of the keyway. Also pay
particular attention to insure oil seal lip IS NOT TURNED UNDER by edge of spacer
when sliding seal onto the spacer.

d. Tighten pinion bearing carrier bolts (6) to the approximate torque shown below:

FD-500 100-125 ft. lbs. (14-17 m/kgs.) FD-800 60-100 ft. lbs. (8-14 m/kgs.)
FD-1000 80-160 ft. lbs. (11-22 m/kgs.) FD-1600 80-160 ft. lbs. (11-22 m/kgs.)

e. Check condition of the pinion bearing inner and outer race and rollers. If there is any
indication of galling, flaking or grooving, or if diametral clearance exceeds .008-
.010”, it is recommended the entire bearing be replaced. (.20 - .25mm)

11.4 Crankshaft Assembly (Fig. 16)


The crankshaft assembly consists of the crankshaft, eccentric ring gear, eccentric strap
with bearings, and the main bearings.

The running clearances of the bearings are predetermined by their precision fit to the shaft
and their respective bores. When performing any maintenance or overhaul, make sure the
fits shown in Chart II are obtained.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 43

Chart II

Inches

DESCRIPTION POSI- FD-500 FD-800 FD-1000 FD-1600


TION
Inner Race to Shaft A T.002-T.003 T.0022-T.0032 T.0024-T.0048 T.0020-T.0044
Outer Race to Bore B L.015 - T.0003 L.002 - .000 L.0034-T.0004 L.0038- .000
Inner Race to Shaft C T.003 -T.007 T.005 -T.007 T.005 -T.009 T.0060-T.0100
Outer Race to Bore D .000 -T.004 T.002 -T.004 .000 -T.004 .000 -T.0040
Gear to Flange E L.001 -L.005 L.001 -L.005 L.001 -L.005 L.001 -L.005
Carrier to Frame Bore F L.001 -T.005 L.002 -T.002 L.002 -T.002 L.002 -T.002
Outer Race to Bore G T.001-T.0034 T.0022-T.003 .000 -T.003 T.0008-T.004
Inner Race to Pin H .000 -T.001 T.001 -T.002 T.001 -T.003 T.001 -T.0032

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 44

Millimeters

Inner Race to Shaft A T.043 -T.069 T.056 -T.081 T.061 -T.122 T.051 -T.112
Outer Race to Bore B L.049 - T.010 L.051 - .000 L.086 -T.010 L.096 - .000
Inner Race to Shaft C T.076 -T.173 T.127 -T.178 T.127 -T.229 T.152 -T.254
Outer Race to Bore D .000 –T.102 T.127 -T.102 .000 -T.102 .000 -T.102
Gear to Flange E L.025 -L.127 L.025 -L.127 L.025 -L.127 L.025 -L.127
Carrier to Fr. Bore F L.025 -L.127 L.051 -T.051 L.051 -T.051 L.051 -T.051
Outer Race to Bore G T.025 -T.076 T.056 -T.086 .00 -T.076 T.02 -T.10
Inner Race to Pin H .000 -T.025 T.025 -T.051 T.025 -T.076 T.025 -T.081

Assemble the crankshaft in the following manner: (Refer to Fig. 16)

a. Mount gear on flange

Thoroughly clean mating faces of ring gear and flange and bolt flange into position.
Tighten flange bolts (2) to the following torque:

FD-500 160-240 ft. lbs. (22-33 meter kgs) FD-800 800-1200 ft. lbs. (110-166 meter kgs)
FD-1000 800-1200 ft. lbs. FD-1600 800-1200 ft. lbs.

Set crankshaft on a set of rollers (at main bearing position) and check runout on face of
gear with a dial indicator. If total indicator runout exceeds .006”, remove gear and
determine cause of misalignment. (.15mm)

NOTE: If runout on face of gear is checked while crankshaft is mounted in the pump
frame, the running clearance in main bearings will require that a simultaneous set of dial
indicator readings be taken at the end of the shaft and the face of the gear; the actual
face runout at any point being the difference between these readings.

b. Install the outer races of the eccentric bearings (13) and the outer race retainer ring (3)
in the three eccentric straps. Outer race retainer ring must be positioned so that oil
scoop is at the bottom when pump is at mid-stroke. Tighten retainer bolts (4) to the
following torque; safety wire heads.

FD-500 60-90 ft. lbs. (8-12 meter kgs) FD-800 90-120 ft. lbs. (12-17 meter kgs.)
FD-1000 90-120 ft. lbs. FD-1600 90-120 ft. lbs.

NOTE: The inner and outer races of the eccentric bearings are matched and must not
be intermixed.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 45

c. Install the outer race of the crosshead bearings (19) in the three eccentric straps. It is
preferred that the outer race assembly be “pressed” into position or frozen in “dry ice” or
a deep freeze until it can be inserted into the bore. Under emergency circumstances,
the outer race assembly can be installed by using a large torch and heating the eye of
the eccentric strap. DO NOT EXCEED 300°F (149°C) (USE Tempil-Stik) and DO NOT
USE WATER to cool the strap.

NOTE: The inner and outer races of the crosshead bearings are matched and should
not be intermixed.

d. Install the inner race of the crosshead bearing on the crosshead pin and mark according
to their respective eccentric strap positions. Remove all nicks and burrs before
shrinking race into place. Refer to bearing fit Position H, Chart II.

e. Install inner race of the center eccentric bearing on the shaft. Slide center strap into
position and install inner race clamp (5). Tighten socket head screws (8A) in clamp to
the following torque:

FD-500 60-90 ft. lbs.(8-12 meter kgs.) FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.)
FD-1000 30-60 ft. lbs. FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

f. Install snap ring (7) in the groove on RH eccentric and shrink inner race of eccentric
bearing on shaft. After sliding the RH eccentric strap into position, install inner bearing
retainer (14).

Tighten inner race retainer bolts (8) to the following torque and safety wire:

FD-500 60-90 ft. lbs.(8-12 meter kgs.) FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.)
FD-1000 30-60 ft. lbs. FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

g. Install the LH eccentric bearing (other than for snap ring) and eccentric strap under the
same procedure outlined in step (f) above.

h. Place main bearings (9) in the main bearing carriers (10 RH and 11 LH) and install
outer race retainer (12) and retainer bolts (15). Tighten bolts to the following torque and
safety wire:

FD-500 30-45 ft. lbs.(4-6 meter kgs.) FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.)
FD-1000 30-60 ft. lbs. FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

NOTE: Even though the main bearing carriers (10 RH and 11 LH) have different
configurations on the OD, they are interchangeable and will fit into the pump frame on
either side. The purpose of the shoulders on the OD of one of the carriers is to locate
and retain the crankshaft in its respective position in the frame.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 46

i. After installing the two main bearing spacers (16), shrink main bearings (9) on each end
of the shaft. Install inner race retainers (17) and retainer bolts (18). Tighten retainer
bolts to the following torque and safety wire:

FD-500 30-45 ft. lbs.(4-6 meter kgs.) FD-800 30-60 ft. lbs. (4-8 meter kgs.)
FD-1000 30-60 ft. lbs. FD-1600 30-60 ft. lbs.

11.5 Installing Crankshaft Assembly in Frame


In order to obtain a more precise fit between the main bearing housing and the frame bore
on F-Series pumps, the installation procedures outlined below are to be followed: (Refer to
Fig. 17)

1. Place piece of wood between eye of eccentric strap and crosshead guide (as shown in
Fig. 18) to protect guide from scoring or gouging as the straps are sliding into position.

2. Rotate the main bearing carrier so that the two flat spots (180° apart) are parallel with
the main bearing bolt holes, and slowly lower the crankshaft into position. (The flat spot
provides clearance for the main bearing bolts.)

3. After placing crankshaft in the frame, and before installing the main bearing caps, check
the rollers in the main bearings to assure that each row of rollers in each bearing is
equally loaded. Equal loading is obtained by positioning the floating bearing carrier so
that the same number of inner and outer rollers supporting the weight of the crankshaft
in each bearing are tight. Because of tolerances, etc., the total number of tight rollers
could vary slightly between individual bearings.

4. Install and shim main bearing caps to obtain .003” (.076 mm) clamp or preload on the
main bearing carrier. This preload is obtained by placing the correct amount of shims
under the main bearing cap. The required amount of shims is determined as follows:

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 47

a. Install .020” (.51 mm) shims under both ends of the main bearing cap.

b. Place a piece of lead wire (approximately 1/32” diameter) (.79mm ø) or Plastigage


between OD of bearing carrier and ID of bearing cap, as near center of bearing cap
as can be determined, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to torque values shown in
Chart III.

c. Remove main bearing cap and determine clearance between bore of cap and OD of
bearing carrier by either mikeing thickness of lead or measuring compressed
dimension of Plastigage.

d. Using this dimension, calculate the required thickness of shims as follows:

Subtract thickness of compressed lead or


Plastigage from the original .020” (.51mm) shim
thickness. Then subtract .003” (.076mm) for preload.
The result is the correct shim thickness required.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 48

Example:
.020 Original shims (0.51mm)
Less .004 Lead Thickness Less (0.102mm)
.016 (.408mm)
Less .003 Clamp Fit Less (.076mm)
.013 Correct Shim Thickness (.332mm)

NOTE: Machining tolerances make it necessary to determine individual shim

requirements for each (right hand and left hand) main bearing cap.

e. Install main bearing caps with the correct amount of shims as determined above,
and tighten main bearing bolts to torque values shown in Chart III.

f. Again check inner and outer row of rollers on each bearing as previously outlined to
assure equal loading is still present on each bearing.

Chart III

Ft. Lbs. Wrench Thread Torque Wrench Thread


Torque Size Size Meter Kg. Size Size
FD-500 3000 1-1/4” 1-3/4” - 8 609 31.75 mm 44.4
FD-800 6360 3” 2-1/4”-8 880 76.2mm 57.2 - 8/25.4mm
FD-1000 8800 3-1/4” 2-1/2”-8 1217 82.5mm 57.2 - 8/25.4mm
FD-1600 9750 3-5/8” 3”-8 1348 92.0mm 76.2 - 8/25.4mm

11.6 Installation of Crosshead Guides


When installing crosshead guides observe the following procedures and precautions:

1. Thoroughly clean all dirt or contamination and remove all burrs or rough edges from
both sides of the guides and the frame bore where the guides fit.

2. If old guides are to be reused, inspect the wearing surfaces for wear and scoring
streaks. Pumps with serial numbers below those shown have identical upper and lower
crosshead guides which may be reversed to provide a smooth surface for the lower
guide. Worn guides may be used at the top as forces on the crosshead are always
downward.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 49

The upper and lower crosshead guides are NOT interchangeable. The guides are
machined so that the lower guide places the crosshead frame centerline, and upper
guides are machined to afford proper crosshead to guide clearance. The guides are
marked “UPPER” and “LOWER.”

3. Install upper and lower guides. Torque guide screws to 150 - 200 ft. lbs. (20.84 - 27.60
meter kgs.) Install lock pins by bending in the middle until the ends of lock pin fit into
counterbore. Align ends of lock pin with pin holes in guide and straighten pin guiding
the ends into the holes.

4. Check between frame and guide at points A, Fig. 19, with .002” (.051mm) feeler gauge
to make sure guides fit into frame bore. NO gap should be present.

11.7 Installation of Crossheads


The crossheads in the pumps can be installed through the front (fluid end) or back end of
the crosshead guide. Reference Fig. 19. When installing crossheads, observe the following
precautions:

1. Thoroughly clean all dirt or


contamination and remove all
burrs or rough edges from OD of
the crosshead, crosshead pin
bores, and inner bore of
crosshead guide. Dry crosshead
pin bore so that taper bore
connection will make up metal to
metal. *See Note

2. Position “eye” of eccentric strap at the opening in the side of the crosshead guide.
Block eccentric strap so that crosshead will clear the “eye” as it is sliding into position to
where the crosshead pin holes are in alignment.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 50

3. Install the left hand crosshead first. Rotate eccentric assembly to move “eye” into
center crosshead and right hand eccentric strap “eye” back, affording clearance to
install center pin through right hand crosshead inspection door. Remove diaphragm
stuffing box plate (1, Fig. 19) and install right hand crosshead through this bore. Slide
into place and install crosshead pin.

* NOTE: If old crossheads are to be reused, inspect the sliding surfaces for wear or
scoring. If necessary, the crossheads may be switched to opposite sides of the
pump and rotated 180° to provide a smooth surface for the bottom of the
crosshead. The center crosshead can be rotated 180° and the crosshead pin
installed from the opposite side of pump.

Slide crosshead pin into bore but do not seat on taper until the crosshead pin retainer
(2) has been installed.

4. Install crosshead pin retainer (2) and retainer bolts (3) and rotate pin until the four
crosshead retainer to crosshead bolt holes (4) are in alignment. Install the crosshead
retainer to crosshead bolts (4) and make up hand tight.

Referring back to fig.12, page B-2, crosshead pin (4) can be installed without regard to
oil holes (5). Two holes are provided so the pin can be rotated 180° in relation to pin to
retainer plate screws (3).

Seat crosshead pin in tapered bore by bumping large end with a light blow. Tighten
retainer bolts (3 and 4, Fig. 19) to the following torque and safety wire:

FD-500 90-100 ft. lbs. (12.4-13.8 mkg) FD-800 165-175 ft. lbs. (23-24 mkg)
FD-1000 165-175 ft. lbs. (23-24 mkg) FD-1600 165-175 ft. lbs. (23-24 mkg)

DO NOT EXCEED THESE VALUES. USE TORQUE WRENCH.

NOTE: To pull the crosshead pin, remove the four crosshead retainer to crosshead
bolts (4) and screw two of the bolts into the “jack screw” holes (5). Tighten the two jack
screw bolts until the pin breaks loose. Complete removal of the crosshead pin retainer
plate (2) and slide pin out of bore.

5. Check running clearance of crosshead by sliding long “feeler” gauges between top of
crosshead and crosshead guide bore.
The clearance should not be less than .020” (.508mm). Check with long feeler gauge
over entire surface of crosshead.

Check crosshead alignment as instructed in the next section of this manual.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 51

NOTE: Less running clearance at center of crosshead can be cause by “swelling” from
overtightening the crosshead pin retainer bolts (4). If present, loosen pin and retighten
into place by using the make-up torques shown in paragraph 4.

11.8 Checking crosshead alignment


To obtain optimum service life from the pistons and liners, the horizontal centerline of the
crosshead extension rod must be positioned as near as possible to the center of the liner.
To check and adjust the crosshead alignment, proceed as follows;

1. Remove diaphragm stuffing box from the diaphragm plate, (fig. 19). Do not remove the
plate.

2. Position crosshead at mid point of stroke. With inside calipers or telescoping gauges
and a micrometer, accurately measure the distance from the diaphragm plate bore to
the crosshead extension rod at the top and bottom. Compare the two measurements to
determine the position of the rod relative to the centerline of the bore.

3. If the top reading is more than .030” (.76mm) greater than the bottom measurement,
shims should be inserted under the lower crosshead guide to bring the extension rod
back to center, provided there is ample clearance between the top of crosshead and
upper guide. Cut shims from steel shim stock long enough to reach completely across
the guides. Cut tabs on the sides to bend down over frame supports to hold shims in
place. Refer to items 3 and 4 under Installation of Crosshead guides.

4. Some older pumps were manufactured with large crosshead clearance which will cause
a loud knocking noise under poor suction conditions. Specifications have been revised
to .020” - .030” (.51 - .76 mm) clearance. After proper alignment has been obtained, the
top guide should be shimmed down to provide the specified clearance.

12 FLUID END MAINTENANCE


For many years, the fluid end of a pump was considered a non-wearing part which did not
cause any concern other than possible infrequent repairs or replacements resulting from
fluid cuts or washouts. However, the higher pressures of the present-day drilling
requirements have resulted in higher stresses being imposed on the fluid end which , when
combined with the corrosive characteristics of the drilling fluid, have resulted in the demand
that more and better maintenance be given to the fluid end parts and pieces if a reasonable
operating life is to be obtained.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 52

A few of the obvious points are as follows:

a. Make sure all valves on the discharge side of pump are opened before pump is put
into operation. Kicking pump in against a closed valve can often be the start of a
fatigue crack. An open crack may not necessarily occur at the precise moment,
however a small crack could occur and start the process of “corrosion fatigue
failure”.

b. Do not engage pump clutch when prime mover is running at a high rate of speed.
To do so can cause undesirable shock loads against both power end and fluid end.

c. Properly maintain pressure relief valve to assure it is set for the pressure rating on
the liner size being used.

d. Do not operate the pump for an extended period of time if a severe fluid knock is
present. The additional stress cycle, although of a lesser magnitude than normal
operating loads, must be added to the total number of cycles when considering the
fatigue life of the equipment.

e. Properly prepare fluid end for storage. When pump is to be shut down or not
operated for a period of ten days or more, it is recommended that the fluid end parts
such as liners, pistons, rods, etc., be removed from the pump and the fluid end
flushed out completely with fresh water. After a thorough flushing, apply grease or a
rust preventative to all of the machined surfaces such as valve pot cover threads,
valve pot cover gasket surfaces, valve seats, liner bores, etc. The parts removed
from the pump including liners, piston rods, etc., should of course be protected from
the elements. This will not only extend the life of the fluid end through resistance to
corrosion, but will also protect the usable life still left in the expendable parts and
maintain them in good condition for installation in the pump at the next start-up
period.

Maintenance and repairs should be made on the fluid end assembly by observing the
following precautions. Refer to Figure 20.

The fluid end assembly for these triplex pumps consists of three forged cylinder blocks,
complete with valve pot covers and cylinder heads, a suction manifold, and a discharge
manifold.

12.1 Fluid Cylinder Blocks


The three separate fluid cylinder blocks (1) bolt metal-to-metal to the power end frame
through retainer studs (2). Alignment with the power end frame bores is obtained through
the “pilot” boss on fluid end.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 53

However, to obtain accurate alignment, all nicks or burrs must be removed from “pilot” boss
and frame bore and all dirt and foreign matter cleaned form the mating surfaces; otherwise
cylinder blocks could make up in a “cocked” or misaligned position.

The fit between “pilot” boss and frame bore (Position A) is as follows:

(L.05mm) (L.20mm)
Pilot Boss to Frame L.002 - L.008

Install the three cylinder block nuts to the torque values shown in Chart V.

12.2 Suction Manifold


The suction manifold (3) bolts to each cylinder block and is sealed through the O-ring (4) in
the connection flange. Thoroughly clean O-ring groove, the O-ring sealing surface on
bottom of the cylinder block, and replace O-ring seal before bolting manifold into position.
The flange connection MUST make up metal-to-metal to retain the O-ring seal, therefore
any nicks, grooves or washouts on the sealing surface must be repaired before installation.
Ref. Welding and Repair Section in this manual for repair procedures.

Start all suction manifold bolts (5) in the three cylinder blocks before tightening. Tighten to
torque values shown in Chart V.

12.3 Discharge Manifold


The discharge manifold (6) bolts to each cylinder block and is sealed through the O-ring in
the connection flange.

Thoroughly clean the O-ring groove, the O-ring sealing surface on face of the cylinder block
before bolting the manifold back into position. The flange connection MUST make up
metal-to-metal to retain the O-ring seal, therefore any nicks, grooves, or washouts on this
sealing surface must be repaired before installation. Ref. Welding and Repair Section in
this manual for repair procedures.

Start all discharge manifold bolts (8) in the three cylinder blocks before tightening. Tighten
to torque values shown in Chart V. Tighten cylinder block to power frame stud nuts to
torque values shown in Chart V.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 54

12.4 Cylinder Head Thread Ring


A replaceable cylinder head thread ring (9) is bolted on to the face of the cylinder blocks.
The thread ring must make up metal-to-metal with face of cylinder blocks in order for the
axis of the threads to be perfectly square with the cylinder block bore. Therefore, make
sure all burrs, extrusions, or foreign matter is removed from the mating faces before making
installation.

NOTE: Install thread ring so that the “bleed hole” is in the down position. Tighten the
cylinder head thread ring stud nuts (10) to the torque values shown in Chart V.

12.5 Welding and Repairs


On occasion where washouts or normal wear cause repairs to be made to the fluid end
bores, the following welding procedures and precautions should be closely followed.
Machine bore all dimensions to those shown in applicable chart, and in all cases maintain
the shoulders (where liner, covers, etc., seat) 90° to the axis of the bore.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 55

Chart V

POSITION ITEM FD-500 FD-800 & FD-1000 FD-500 FD-800 & FD-1000
TORQUE TORQUE FT. LBS. TORQUE TORQUE METER-KG
FT-LBS. METER-KG

Cyl. Block to Power End 2 1600 1600 221 221


Suction Manifold 5 150 240 21 33
Discharge Manifold 8 710 1000 98 138
Thread Ring 10 710 1360 98 188

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 56

Chart VI

POSI- Inches Millimeters


TION FD-500 FD-800 FD-500 FD-800
FD-1000 FD-1000
A 8.505-8.510 8.755-8.760 216.02-216.15 222.38-222.50
B 7.505-7.508 7.766-7.758 190.63-190.70 196.98-197.05
C 12-1/2 13-3/8 317.5 339.7
D 6.125-6.130 6.775-6.780 155.58-155.70 172.08-172.21
E 5.375-5.380 6.010-6.015 136.53-136.65 152.65-152.78
F 4.995-5.000 5.622-5.627 126.87-127.00 142.80-142.93
G 2” 4” 50.8 101.6
H 2-1/2” 4-1/2” 63.5 114.3

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 57

FD-1600

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 58

Chart VIII

Inches Millimeters
A 8.250-8.255 209.55-209.68
B 7.125-7.130 180.97-181.10
C 8.252-8.255 209.60-209.68
D 14.499-14.501 368.27-368.32
E ¼” x 45° 6.35 x 45°
F 2.995-3.000 76.07-76.20
G .625-.630 15.87-16.00
H 1.120-1.130 28.45-28.70
J 5.870-5.880 149.10-149.35
K 6.247-6.252 158.67-158.80
L 6.630-6.635 168.40-168.53
M 7.375-7.380 187.32-187.45
N .495-.505 12.57-12.83
P 2” Taper per ft. on dia. 50.80 Taper per ft. on dia.

12.6 Welding Procedures


Weld repairs can usually be separated into two categories:
(1) Washes, and (2) Cracks. Listed below is the basic information for the repairs:

Washout: - Weld as 30 Carbon Steel.


- Clean area by grinding or Arc-air.
- Before starting any welding procedure, make sure the electrodes are dry of
moisture, and if necessary, put in oven and bring up to temperature required
to drive out moisture.
- Spot heat area to 250° - 350°F (120° - 180°C) out in all directions for a
minimum of 3”. (75mm)
- Use AWS-ASTM E-60-7018 low hydrogen rods. Example - Adam-Arc 7018.
- Temperatures should be brought back to 250° - 350°F (120° - 180°C) after
each pass and maintained throughout the welding. After welding is
completed and area cleaned, heat to 250° - 350°F (120° - 180°C) and allow
to cool.

Cracks: - Grind out all of crack. Any attempt to burn out a crack will only result in the
crack progressing faster than the material can be burned.
- Follow the same welding procedure as above.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 59

Preheating: - The purpose of preheating is to expand the area being repaired so that as
the cooling process takes place, the welded area and the preheated area will
cool more uniformly. Preheating also prevents hard spots from forming
between the base metal and the welding by eliminating a thermal shock as
the weld is being applied. This hard spot will, of course, be a good place for
fatigue cracks to occur.

12.7 Repairs to Valve Pot Cover Bore


When making repairs to washouts in the valve pot cover bore, it is extremely important that
the surface where the valve cover seats is either “machined” or “ground” perfectly flat and
90° to the axis of the threads. A shown in Fig. 21, the valve pot cover gasket (1) seats into
the counterbore at top of valve cover deck, and as the cover makes up metal to metal to
the valve deck, the gasket is confined within its counterbore. Obviously, any high spots on
the valve cover deck from weld repairs, or any low spot from over-grinding of the repairs
can result in a gap between top of the valve cover deck and bottom of the valve cover,
through which the valve cover gasket can be extruded under pressure.

The high or low spot can also cause valve covers to make up in a “cocked” position and
result in severe thread damage (cracks) due to the axis of the two mating threads being out
of square.

www.nov.com
Document number EPL- 1911
Revision 01
Page 60

Approximate Weights of Pump Assemblies

FD-500 FD-800 FD-1000 FD-1600


lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs. kgs. lbs kgs.
Pinion Shaft 718 326 1,630 740 1,709 775 2,373 1,077
Crankshaft Assy. 5,185 2,352 7,458 3,383 10,479 4,744 15,179 6,885
Crosshead 119 54 258 117 363 165 431 196
Crosshead Pin & Retainer 33 15 123 56 177 80 201 91
Gear Case Cover 341 155 262 119 340 154 379 172
Suction Manifold 258 117 429 195 704 319 704 319
Discharge Manifold 390 177 696 316 717 325 740 336
One-third Fluid end 1,527 693 1,140 517 1,140 517 1,865 846
section-studded

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.3
Pressure Relief Valves

www.nov.com
Product Information Bulletin

Triplex Mud Pump


Supplement for all Pump Manuals

RIG/PLANT REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION


Triplex Mud Pump
ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which is the National Oilwell Varco, L.P.
REMARKS
property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively 1530 W Sam Houston Pkwy. N
referred to hereinafter as “NOV”). It is loaned for limited purposes only and
remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this Houston, TX 77043
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE
design or distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the
written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or
Phone 713-935-8000
upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This document and the Fax 713-935-8382
information contained and represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
CLIENT PO NUMBER

DOCUMENT NUMBER REV


CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number MP.WARNING 02

www.nov.com
Document number MP.WARNING
Revision 02
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

02 08.03.2005 Updated to new template PG


Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


02 Updated to electronic format from pdf to ms word in new template

www.nov.com
Document number MP.WARNING
Revision 02
Page 3

PRESSURE
RELIEF
VALVES
! Notice !

Our Technical Publications relative to reciprocating pumps, state that pressure relief valves
must be installed in the discharge systems from these units. This supplement is issued to
emphasize the importance of relieving the discharge system of all pressure which exceeds
the rated working pressure applied by the manufacturer to the specific pistons and liners (
or plungers and packing) in any particular unit.

www.nov.com
Document number MP.WARNING
Revision 02
Page 4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 WARNING......................................................................................................................... 5
1.1 The Pressure Relief Valve ...................................................................................... 5
1.2 Rupture Disc or Burst Disc ..................................................................................... 5
1.3 Location of the Relief Valve .................................................................................... 6
1.4 The Relief Valve Discharge Line............................................................................. 6

www.nov.com
Document number MP.WARNING
Revision 02
Page 5

1 WARNING

For the protection of persons and properly the discharge system form each Reciprocating
Pump must be equipped with a device which relives the system of all pressures which
exceed the pressure rating applied by the manufacturer to each particular piston or plunger
diameter. Allowances will be made for pressure surges which are inherent with the
reciprocating action of piston and plunger pumps. The percentage of pressure allowance
appears later in this publication and the “Standards of the Hydraulic Institute” (13th Edition)

The relieving device must provide for instantaneous pressure relief, it may be a valve
designed for automatic or manual resetting; however, if preferred, rupture discs or burst
may be installed.

Failure to comply with the procedures outlined in the Warning may result in damage to the
pump and related equipment and more importantly may cause serious bodily injury or
death!

1.1 The Pressure Relief Valve

1. The valve must be a full opening type.

2. It must have a working pressure rating, equal to or greater than, the maximum
working pressure of the pump.

3. The through capacity of the valve, when fully opened, must be sufficient to relieve
the full capacity of the pump without excessive overpressure.

1.2 Rupture Disc or Burst Disc


1. These discs must have a diameter which is not less than the pipe size of the
pressure relief flange.

2. These discs must have a rupture of burst pressure rating consistent with the
specifications tabulated later in this publication.

www.nov.com
Document number MP.WARNING
Revision 02
Page 6

1.3 Location of the Relief Valve


1. The relief valve must be placed in the discharge line as close as possible to the
pump fluid end or it may be mounted on the pump discharge manifold.

2. The relief valve must be on the pump side of any discharge strainer.

3. The relief valve must be between the pump fluid end and any valve in the discharge
system.

4. There must be no restricting device(s) between the relief valve and the pump fluid
end.

1.4 The Relief Valve Discharge Line


1. The relief valve discharge line should not terminate in the pump suction line.

2. The line should terminate in the supply tank, if possible.

3. The line must be securely anchored.

4. The line must be the same pipe size as, or may be larger than, the discharge
connection on the relief valve.

5. If the line is of great length, this must be taken into consideration in sizing the relief
valve.

6. There must be no restrictions or valves in the relief valve discharge line.

Note: Follow the foregoing instructions if rupture discs or burst discs are installed.

SUGGESTED SET PRESSURES FOR PUMP RELIEF VALVES


Pump Type Operating Pump Pressure
Double Acting – Duplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 25%
Double Acting – Triplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 10%
Double Acting – Quintuplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 10%
Single Acting – Triplex Piston Pressure Rating – Plus 10%
Single Acting – Simplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 25%
Single Acting – Duplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10%
Single Acting – Triplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10%
Single Acting – Quintuplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10%
Single Acting – Septuplex Plunger Pressure Rating – Plus 10%

Note: The above set pressures are to be observed when installing rupture discs or burst
discs.

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.4
Pre-Shipment &
Storage Preservation

www.nov.com
NO: PS-4030
TECHNICAL REV: 1
HOUSTON, TX SPECIFICATION DATE: 8-15-06
PAGE 1 of 7

SUBJECT: Process

│TITLE: Pre-Shipment and Storage Preservation for New-Build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps

Scope

This specification covers the preservation and storage procedure for shipment of new-build
NOV Triplex Mud Pumps shipped from the manufacturing plant.

This specification is intended to provide preservation of new-build NOV Triplex Mud Pumps for
six (6) months from the shipment of the mud pump from the manufacturing facility. If a pump is
to be stored for a period of time exceeding six (6) months, additional precautions should be
taken as outlined in this specification.

National Oilwell Varco recommends that all pumps are inspected for any signs of corrosion and
for proper preservation at a minimum every three (3) months for pumps stored outside and every
six (6) months for pumps stored indoors.

Sub-tier: National Oilwell PS-3081

Manufacturing Plant Preservation Prior to Paint

Drain all water and clean out liner wash tank. Remove drain plug in bottom of liner wash pump
and drain water then reinstall plug. Remove discharge flange from liner wash pump and pour
one (1) pint of inhibiting oil-based concentrate (Cortec VpCI 329 Vapor Corrosion Inhibiting
oil-based concentrate or equivalent) into liner wash pump. Rotate two (2) revolutions by hand
to distribute the product. Re-install discharge flange.

Drain all oil from pump power end sump and remove crosshead covers and inspection covers.
Clean out oil sump as per National Oilwell PS-3081 (Mud Pump Cleanliness). Spray all internal
machined parts of power end and crosshead area with inhibiting oil-based concentrate (Cortec
VpCI 329 Vapor Corrosion Inhibiting oil-based concentrate or equivalent). Rotate pump ½ turn
and re-spray. Pour quantity of inhibiting oil-based concentrate specified in the table below into
power end sump.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL OILWELL.
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE OF WHICH IT
WAS LOANED.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8/15/2006 5:01:52 PM
NO: PS-4030
TECHNICAL REV: 1
HOUSTON, TX SPECIFICATION DATE: 8-15-06
PAGE 2 of 7

SUBJECT: Process

Quantity of
Mud Pump Models
Inhibitor
14P, FC 2200 5 Gallons
12P, 10P, HD or A1700/1400PT, FB/FC/FD 1600, FB 1300 3 Gallons
9P, 8P, B or A850-1100PT, F/FD 1000, F 800 2 Gallons
7P, A600PT, FD 500 1 Gallon

For pumps equipped with chain drives, spray internal machined parts inside chain cases with
inhibiting oil-based concentrate (Cortec VpCI 329 Vapor Corrosion Inhibiting oil based
concentrate or equivalent).

Replace all guards and seals as necessary using specified gasket material and sealing
compounds.

Remove fluid end valve covers, seals, valves springs and seats and treat internal cavities of fluid
ends, discharge manifold, discharge strainer block and suction manifold with rust preventative
(CRC SP400 or equivalent). Coat threads with anti-seize (KOPR KOTE 10002 or equivalent)
and coat bottom side of valve cover with rust preventative. Reinstall seals and fluid end valves
covers hand tight. Customer liners, pistons, piston rods, valves, seats, springs and liner retention
parts are not used for plant testing. These expendables are checked for preservation when
packed and then shipped with the loose parts.

Manufacturing Plant Preservation After Paint

Remove breather and pack with loose parts for later shipment with pump. Seal breather hole
with a greased solid plug. Affix a warning label near the breather opening (see Exhibit 1).

Spray all external unpainted machined parts of pump with rust preventative (CRC SP400 or
equivalent).

Cover large diameter pipe and other openings with hardboard and protective plastic wrap. Liner
bushing openings shall also be covered and sealed.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL OILWELL.
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE OF WHICH IT
WAS LOANED.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8/15/2006 5:01:52 PM
NO: PS-4030
TECHNICAL REV: 1
HOUSTON, TX SPECIFICATION DATE: 8-15-06
PAGE 3 of 7

SUBJECT: Process

Seal all other pipe work (air, water, and electrical) with plastic caps of the correct size and style.
Electrical J-boxes are to be encased in protective plastic wrap. Place two (2) one-pound bags of
desiccant inside each J-box before sealing with tape. Wrap pressure gauges with bubble paper
and plastic.

Tape or band down loose hinged guards and inspection covers.

Spray all machined unpainted loose parts and expendables to be shipped with pump with rust
preventative (CRC SP400 or equivalent). All parts will be wrapped or boxed to prevent damage.

Affix one (1) warning label (see Exhibit 2) to the power end pump cover and one (1) warning
label on the fluid end assembly of the pump. Affix warning labels on each loose part container.
In cases where the equipment will be boxed at an offsite export packer, a sufficient number of
warning labels will be supplied with the shipment.

Storage at Manufacturing Plant or Final Destination

Indoor storage is preferred whenever possible; but if outside storage is required, ensure pump is
stored away from salt water spray, sand blast or other adverse conditions. It is highly
recommended that ship loose parts be stored indoors to eliminate conditions that promote
condensation and direct sources of moisture.

It is also recommended to store pump on blocks and cover entire pump with plastic sheeting.

Storage Preparations for Main Drive Motors.

For storage preparations for main drive motors, National Oilwell Varco recommends that the
original manufacturer’s instructions be followed. If space heaters are supplied, the J-box plastic
wrap must be removed and the heaters should be connected throughout the complete storage
period.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL OILWELL.
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE OF WHICH IT
WAS LOANED.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8/15/2006 5:01:52 PM
NO: PS-4030
TECHNICAL REV: 1
HOUSTON, TX SPECIFICATION DATE: 8-15-06
PAGE 4 of 7

SUBJECT: Process

Preservation Procedure When Storage Exceeds Six (6) Months of Initial Preservation.

Note: It is recommended that inspections be carried out on six (6) month cycles when pumps
are in indoors and three (3) month cycles when stored outside.

Remove plastic sheeting.

Remove side crosshead covers and top inspection covers and inspect for any internal corrosion.
Correct any adverse conditions.

Replenish rust inhibitor to quantities previously listed.

Rotate pinion shaft five (5) revolutions using supplied tool.

Inspect for condition of external protection (rust preventative and paint). Correct any adverse
conditions.

Replace plastic sheeting.

Inspect all ship-loose parts for indications of corrosion or damage and recoat with inhibitor.

Start-up After Storage

Any pump that has been in storage will need a thorough inspection prior to start-up to insure it
has not been damaged in any way and that all parts are properly in place. Failure to observe the
following points can result in serious damage. Before servicing the pump, the power end sump
and chain drives housings will need to be drained of any inhibiting additive. The Cortec brand
products used for preservation are compatible with all lubricating oils and need not be totally
removed when putting equipment into service.

To service the Power End after storage and prior to start-up, remove all covers and thoroughly
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL OILWELL.
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE OF WHICH IT
WAS LOANED.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8/15/2006 5:01:52 PM
NO: PS-4030
TECHNICAL REV: 1
HOUSTON, TX SPECIFICATION DATE: 8-15-06
PAGE 5 of 7

SUBJECT: Process

clean and inspect all of the parts and finished surfaces. Check all of the bearings to make certain
they are clean and in good condition. Fill the power end with clean EP oil of the proper
viscosity to the proper level. Make sure oil is poured into the oil distribution trough and is
worked into all of the bearings. Replace all covers and install breather.

To service the Fluid End after storage and prior to start-up, remove covers and thoroughly clean
and inspect inside of the fluid end cylinders. Properly install valves, pistons, liners and all other
fluid end parts. Carefully tighten all bolts, nuts, studs and working connections to specified
torque requirements.

Contact Details for Noted Corrosion Preventative Materials

Product Name Company Contact Number


Cortec VpCI 329 Gulf Corrosion Control (713)681-7500
CRC Industries Inc. SP400 Fastenal (713)983-7715
KOPR-KOTE Drago Supply Co. (800)553-2363

Exhibit 1

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL OILWELL.
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE OF WHICH IT
WAS LOANED.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8/15/2006 5:01:52 PM
NO: PS-4030
TECHNICAL REV: 1
HOUSTON, TX SPECIFICATION DATE: 8-15-06
PAGE 6 of 7

SUBJECT: Process

WARNING
REINSTALL BREATHER BEFORE PUTTING
PUMP INTO SERVICE

NOV PN xxxxxxx

Exhibit 2

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL OILWELL.
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE OF WHICH IT
WAS LOANED.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8/15/2006 5:01:52 PM
NO: PS-4030
TECHNICAL REV: 1
HOUSTON, TX SPECIFICATION DATE: 8-15-06
PAGE 7 of 7

SUBJECT: Process

WARNING
THIS EQUIPMENT IS PROTECTED FOR
SIX MONTHS FROM EX-WORKS DATE OF:

MONTH DAY YEAR

ADDITIONAL SERVICING INFORMATION IS


AVAILABLE IN NOV MUD PUMP OPERATIONAL
MANUAL
NOV PN XXXXXX

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, WHICH BELONGS TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. IT IS LOANED FOR
LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE PROPERTY OF NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OR USE OF THIS
DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL OILWELL.
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE RETURNED TO NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION OF THE USE OF WHICH IT
WAS LOANED.

UNCONTROLLED COPY
8/15/2006 5:01:52 PM
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.5
General Lubrication Bulletin

www.nov.com
General Lubrication Bulletin

General Lubrication Bulletin for


CE Drilling Equipment

RIG/PLANT REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS This document contains proprietary and confidential information
which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or
REMARKS subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is
loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. National Oilwell Varco
Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the RIG SOLUTIONS
express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to 11000 Corporate Centre Drive
CLIENT PO NUMBER NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was Houston, TX 77041
loaned. This document and the information contained and
represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER © National Oilwell Varco

DOCUMENT NUMBER REV


Client Document Number
CE-538E 06

www.nov.com
Document number CE-538E
Revision 06
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

06 14.02.2012 Engineering Requested Change TMH GDH GDH


05 07.12.2011 Spelling Corrected TMH
04 06.12.2011 Spelling Corrected TMH
03 24.03.2005 Updated Logo BKF
02 28.02.2005 Updated to new template PG
Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


02 Updated to electronic format from pdf to ms word in new template
03 Updated Logo
04 Spelling changed from Overrruning to Overruning.
05 Spelling changed from Overrruning to Overrunning.
06 Removed Recommended Lubrication Product Chart from the document.

www.nov.com
Document number CE-538E
Revision 06
Page 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 GENERAL LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTINENTAL EMSCO


PRODUCTS DRILLING EQUIPMENT .............................................................................. 4
1.1 Crown and Traveling Blocks: .................................................................................. 4
1.2 Swivels: .................................................................................................................. 4
1.3 Rotary Machines and Unitized Rotary Chain Coupling: .......................................... 4
1.4 GB & GBH CATHEADS: ......................................................................................... 5
1.5 Drawworks, Compound Transmissions, Unitized Rotary Transmissions,
ECR Units & Pump Drives: ..................................................................................... 5
1.6 Electrohoist II Gear Box .......................................................................................... 5
1.7 Electrohoist II, IV & V Gear Box .............................................................................. 5
1.8 Airline Lubricators: .................................................................................................. 5
1.9 Duplex & Triplex MUD & Slurry Pumps: ................................................................. 5
1.10 Overrunning Clutch: ................................................................................................ 6
1.11 Caution: .................................................................................................................. 6
2 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRIPLEX MUD PUMP TRANSMISSION
LUBE OIL ......................................................................................................................... 6
3 GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN ............................................................................ 7

www.nov.com
Document number CE-538E
Revision 06
Page 4

1 GENERAL LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONTINENTAL EMSCO PRODUCTS


DRILLING EQUIPMENT
Using the right kind of oil or grease on a regular basis extends the service life of machinery.
Where and how to lubricate is described in each Maintenance Manual for the particular
piece of equipment.

The following information lists the recommended type of lubricant to use. The equipment
user must insure that the lubricant selected meets or exceeds the specifications provided.

1.1 Crown and Traveling Blocks:

1.1.1 Grease - Use a multipurpose lithium base grease.


Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

1.2 Swivels:

1.2.1 Main reservoir – Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant.
Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 68°C) AGMA #6EP
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP

1.2.2 Wash pipe packing, oil seals and bail pins – Use a multipurpose lithium bas grease.
Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

1.3 Rotary Machines and Unitized Rotary Chain Coupling:

1.3.1 Main Reservoir – Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant.
Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 52°C) AGMA #6EP
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP

1.3.2 Pinion Cartridge – Use a multipurpose lithium base grease


Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

www.nov.com
Document number CE-538E
Revision 06
Page 5

1.4 GB & GBH CATHEADS:


Use a multipurpose lithium base grease.
Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

1.5 Drawworks, Compound Transmissions, Unitized Rotary Transmissions, ECR Units &
Pump Drives:
Grease lubricated bearings, drum brake centralized lubrication system, and all
miscellaneous grease fittings – Use a multipurpose lithium base grease.

Ambient temperatures 0°F to 125°F (-18°C to 52°C) NLGI #2


-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) NLGI #0

Motor couplings require a multipurpose lithium base NLGI #1 grease.


Electrohoist III, IV & V gear couplings require Texaco Crater Compound #0 or equivalent.

Oil lubricated bearings and roller chains – Use a non-detergent machine oil as follows;
Ambient temperatures 80°F to 125°F (27°C to 52°C) SAE 40
32°F to 100°F (0°C to 38°C) SAE 30
0°F to 40°F (-18°C to 4°C) SAE 20

1.6 Electrohoist II Gear Box


Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant.
Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 68°C) AGMA #6EP
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP

1.7 Electrohoist II, IV & V Gear Box


Use an extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming, mineral base gear lubricant.
Ambient temperatures Below 40°F* to 80°F (4°C to 26°C) AGMA #3EP
80°F to 120F (27°C to 49°C) AGMA #6EP

*Heaters are required to bring oil to 40°F (4°C) for starting.

1.8 Airline Lubricators:


Use SAE 10 Wt. Motor Oil.

1.9 Duplex & Triplex MUD & Slurry Pumps:


Use a extreme pressure, non-corrosive, anti-foaming gear lubricant.
Ambient temperatures 0°F to 155°F (-18°C to 68°C) AGMA #6EP
-20°F to 40°F (-29°C to 4°C) AGMA #4EP
Note: See Section 2 for initial filling of triplex pumps.

www.nov.com
Document number CE-538E
Revision 06
Page 6

1.10 Overrunning Clutch:


Use SAE 50 Wt. Non-detergent machine oil.
Equipment not manufactured by National Oilwell should be lubricated as specified by the
manufacturer.

1.11 Caution:
Do not mix greases with different bases. Always clean reservoirs thoroughly when
changing to grease with a different base.

2 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS FOR TRIPLEX MUD PUMP TRANSMISSION


LUBE OIL
National Oilwell has recently made a change in the design and material of the gears used
in our triplex mud pump line. The new gears will be made from a harder material which will
ultimately provide better performance and longer life but they do require some special
treatment during the break-in period. Effective immediately National Oilwell will begin using
specially designed gear oil, for the test runs in our manufacturing facilities, which is highly
saturated with liquid soluble molybdenum disulfide, and other extreme pressure and
corrosion resistant additives.

This oil will help to polish the gear tooth surfaces to prevent initial pitting which is common
on mud pump gears. This is especially important on the new harder gears as they are
more susceptible to cold welding and scoring during the break-in period. The product will
also provide rust prevention during storage periods. It is strongly recommended that the
End User also use this product for at least the initial filling of the pumps. At the first oil
change it would be at the user’s discretion whether to continue its use or change to another
AGMA EP gear oil that meets the general specifications.

A manufacturer of the above product is made by: Schaeffer Oil & Grease Mfg. C.O.
Phone (800) 325-9962
Fax (314) 865-4107
Website: www.schaefferoil.com

If the operator chooses not to use this oil for the initial filling, then a 5% by volume of a
good Moly product, such as Dow Corning M Gear Guard, should be added to the approved
AGMA EP gear oil.

Implementation of the above recommendations will be well worth the extra cost of the
products by extending the life of the equipment and power savings due to reduction of
friction.

www.nov.com
Document number CE-538E
Revision 06
Page 7

3 GENERAL LUBRICATION BULLETIN

Oil Capacities for Continental Emsco Equipment

Drawworks
C-1 Type II 105 U.S. Gal. 400 Liters
C-1 Type III 105 U.S. Gal. 400 Liters
C-2 Type II 110 U.S. Gal. 420 Liters
C-2 Type III 110 U.S. Gal. 420 Liters
C-3 Type I 60 U.S. Gal, 230 Liters
C-3 Type II 60 U.S. Gal. 230 Liters
C-3 Type III 60 U.S. Gal. 230 Liters
D-1 78 U.S. Gal. 296 Liters
D-2 115 U.S. Gal. 436 Liters
D-3 85 U.S. Gal. 332 Liters
EH-II 41 U.S. Gal. 155 Liters
EH-III, IV & V See Operation & Maintenance Manual
Type AU= Catworks 45 U.S. Gal. 170 Liters
W/Right Angle Drive 50 U.S. Gal. 190 Liters
Compounds
CT-5 130 U.S. Gal. 493 Liters
CT-7 130 U.S. Gal. 493 Liters
CT-9 148 U.S. Gal. 560 Liters
D-221 W/Separate Lube System 80 U.S. Gal. 303 Liters
D-232 W/Separate Lube System 80 U.S. Gal. 303 Liters
F-Series Triplex Pump
F-350 40 U.S. Gal. 152 Liters
F-500 65 U.S. Gal. 246 Liters
F-650 55 U.S. Gal. 208 Liters
F-750 55 U.S. Gal. 208 Liters
F-800 65 U.S. Gal. 246 Liters
F-1000 75 U.S. Gal. 284 Liters
F, FA, FB & FC-1300 100 U.S. Gal. 380 Liters
F, FA, FB & FC-1600 100 U.S. Gal. 380 Liters
FC-2200 120 U.S. Gal. 454 Liters
Unitized Pump Drive for
Electric Motor, Per Guard 20 U.S. Gal 76 Liters
Type “F” Unitized Pump Chain Drive
F-350 15 U.S. Gal. 57 Liters
F-500 30 U.S. Gal 15 Liters
F-650 30 U.S. Gal. 115 Liters
F-800 30 U.S. Gal. 115 Liters
F-1000 30 U.S. Gal. 115 Liters

www.nov.com
Document number CE-538E
Revision 06
Page 8

Duplex Pumps
D-225 25 U.S. Gal. 95 Liters
D-375 53 U.S. Gal. 201 Liters
DB-550 58 U.S. Gal. 220 Liters
DC-700 65 U.S. Gal. 246 Liters
DC-1350 100 U.S. Gal. 379 Liters
DC-1650 100 U.S. Gal. 379 Liters
Rotaries
T-1750 (S/N 181 Only) 6 U.S. Gal. 23 Liters
T-1750 (S/N 182-253) 12 U.S. Gal. 46 Liters
T-1750 (S/N 254-268) 8 U.S. Gal. 31 Liters
T-1750 (S/N 269 & up) 10 U.S. Gal. 38 Liters
T-2050 (S/N 31 Only) 5 U.S. Gal. 19 Liters
T-2050 (S/N 111 & up) 6 U.S. Gal. 23 Liters
T-2750 (S/N 89-94) 9 U.S. Gal. 34 Liters
T-2750 (S/N 95-228) 13 U.S. Gal. 50 Liters
T-2750 (S/N 229 & up) 10 U.S. Gal. 38 Liters
T-3750 15 U.S. Gal. 57 Liters
T-4950 15 U.S. Gal. 57 Liters
T-6050 25 U.S. Gal. 95 Liters
Rotary Transmissions
RT-3A Vertical 21 U.S. Gal. 80 Liters
RT-3A Horizontal 28 U.S. Gal. 106 Liters
Chain Coupling 1 U.S. Gal. 4 Liters
Swivels
LB-140 3-3/4 U.S. Gal. 14 Liters
LA, LB-200 4-3/4 U.S. Gal. 18 Liters
LA, LB-300 6-3/4 U.S. Gal 26 Liters
LA, LB-400 10 U.S. Gal 38 Liters
LB-500 15 U.S. Gal 57 Liters
L, LB & LC-650 19-1/2 U.S. Gal 74 Liters

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.6
Commissioning Procedure

www.nov.com
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
1 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

SELLER INFORMATION

COMPANY NAME: National Oilwell Varco

ADDRESS: 11000 Corporate Centre Drive


Houston, TX 77041

TELEPHONE: (281) 854-0400

TELEFAX: (281) 854-0505

DOCUMENT NUMBER: EDN-1688

DOCUMENT TITLE: Commissioning Procedure, FB/FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump


DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
2 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

COMMISSIONING INDEX
SUBJECT PAGE NO.

Part I. Pre-Commissioning Procedures

Pre-Start Up Requirements.....................................................................................

1. Power End.................................................................................................. 3
2. Main Electric Drive Motors……………………………………………… 3
3. Auxiliary A/C Motors……………………………………………………. 4
4. Instrumentation........................................................................................... 4
5. Liner Wash System..................................................................................... 4
6. Fluid End.................................................................................................... 4
7. Suction Dampener/Desurger....................................................................... 4
8. Pulsation Dampener.................................................................................... 4
9. Pressure Gauge............................................................................................ 5
10. Reset Relief Valve....................................................................................... 5
11. Discharge Strainer………………………………………………………… 5
12. Mud Pump Drive Assembly………………………………………………. 5
a. Belt Drive Units…………………………………………………… 5
b. Chain Drive Units…………………………………………………. 5

Part II. Commissioning Procedures

1. Pre-Commission Checks………………………………………………….. 6
2. Commissioning Operational Test…………………………………………. 8
3. Inspections/Check-Offs during Test Program…………………………….. 9
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
3 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

INITIAL STARTUP PROCEDURES


GENERAL:

The initial startup procedures are written to assist the operator in preparing the pump packages for normal
operation. The startup procedures are separated into two categories: Part I: Pre-Commissioning, and Part
II: Commissioning Procedures. It is suggested that a copy of these pages be made for each pump to be
used as a check-off sheet.

PART I. PRE-COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES:


PRE-STARTUP REQUIREMENTS:

1. Power End of Pump:

a. Drain and flush any moisture or contamination that has accumulated in the power end reservoir.
Fill to the “FULL” mark on the dipstick with the recommended oil.

Ambient Temperature:
0°F to 85°F (-18°C to 33°C) = AGMA No. 4 EP
30°F to 155°F (-1°C to 68°C) = AGMA No. 6 EP

Reservoir Capacity: 100 US Gallons (379 Liters)

Note: The rust preventative on the internal surfaces of the pump is oil-soluble and is
compatible with the lubricants recommended above. It is not necessary to flush and drain
unless the preservative has become contaminated (water, sand etc.).

b. Oil Filters:

Assure that the oil filters in the power end reservoir and external oil pump system are clean.

2. Main Electric Drive Motors:

 Megger test the motors.


 Check each motor separately for the correct rotation.
 Reconnect if necessary.
 Megger test the blower motors.
 Check blower motors for correct rotation and quantity of air flow.
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
4 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

3. Auxiliary A/C Electric Motors:

 Megger test the motors.


 Check motors for correct rotation.

4. Instrumentation (if equipped):

 Check to assure that all instrumentation has been properly hooked up. Check the calibration
test sheets for validity and recalibrate if necessary.

5. Liner Wash System:

 Clean liner wash tank, if needed, and fill with fresh clean water.
 Ensure that supply hoses and spray nipples are installed correctly.
 Start pump and adjust regulating valve to maximum flow without splash onto the extension
rods.

6. Fluid End:

 Check to assure that all liners, valves, and pistons are installed properly in accordance with
the installation instructions.
 Ensure that the liner end covers are installed on the rear end of the liners.
 Ensure that the baffle discs are installed on the end of the crosshead extension rods.
 Clean grease and paint from the exposed parts of the extension rods, checking for burrs.
Coat rods with a light oil.

7. Suction Dampener/Desurger

 If a desurger is used, charge desurger to 10 PSI (0.7 bar) air pressure.

NOTE: When charging the bladder, make sure that the mud pump suction line valve has been
closed and that all pressure has been bled off of the suction manifold surrounding the suction
desurger

 If a dampener is used, charge dampener with a hand-operated air pump to 10 PSI (0.7 bar).
 Once pump operations have been started, check the operation of the suction dampener by
inspecting the sight glass. Add or release air pressure through the Shraeder valve to keep the
diaphragm between the midpoint and the bottom of the sight glass.

8. Pulsation Dampener:

 Refer to manufacturers’ instructions for charging the dampener.


USE ONLY NITROGEN OR AIR! DO NOT USE OXYGEN.
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
5 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

9. Pressure Gauge:

 Check to assure that the gauge is installed and there is no shut-off valve between it and the
discharge system.

10. Reset Relief Valve:

 Check the installation and the setting.


 NO SHUT-OFF VALVE is to be between the pump discharge and the relief valve.
 Ensure that piping from the discharge port goes directly to the mud tank/pit and is securely
tied down, with a minimum downward slope of 1/4” per foot.
 Ensure that piping has pressure rating equal to the relief valve highest setting.

11. Discharge Housing with Strainer:

 Remove the strainer screen from the housing and assure that it is clean and free from
obstructions.
 Check the stud nuts for proper make-up torque.

12. Mud Pump Drive Assembly:

Belt Drive Units:

 Check the belt guards to ensure that belts will not drag on the guard.
 Check the belt tension as instructed in the maintenance section of the operations manual.
 Check the alignment of the drive motors.

Chain Drive Units:

 Check the chain guards to ensure that the chains will not drag on the guard.
 Check the oil pump to ensure that the relief valve is installed on the suction side.
 Start the pump and ensure that the spray nozzles are spraying oil over the full width of the chain.
 Adjust the relief valve to 15-25 PSI output with the warm oil.
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
6 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

PART II. COMMISSIONING PROCEDURES:

GENERAL:

The power end and the fluid end have gone through rigorous tests prior to being shipped from the
manufacturing site; therefore, the following recommendations for the commissioning test are made
for the purpose of checking the overall unitization functions, including instrumentation, and to
assure that there are no problems which may have occurred during transportation and storage.

Operation of the pump in parallel to check the SCR-Motor assignments and controls, volumetric
displacement and mudline systems are at the option of the purchaser.

A. PRE-COMMISSIONING CHECKS:

Prior to starting the unitized pump package, review the previously outlined Pre-Commissioning
Requirements in Part I.

Check the discharge mudline to assure that all necessary valves are open. Ensure that the mud tanks
are full of test fluid (mud/water) prior to startup.

Make the desired assignment of the SCR-Motor Control System to the pump motors, and open the
throttle slightly. Check to ensure that charge pump and liner wash motors have started.

If no immediate problems are encountered, slowly throttle the pump to approximately 60 SPM and
continue operating the mud pump while making the following inspections to assure that all systems
are working properly:

1) Power End Lubrication:

Check oil pressure: Max. = 60 PSI (4.14 bar) cold oil.


Min. = 5 PSI (0.344 bar) at any speed.
Normal = 7-40 PSI (0.483-2.76 bar)

2) Liner Wash System:

 Adjust the regulator valve for proper volume of cooling fluid. 10 US Gallons (38 Liter)
per minute per liner.
 Check the coolant temperature. 150°F (66°C) maximum.

3) Check for oil leaks around the power end covers and seals.

4) Check for interference or dragging in the belt/chain drive assemblies.


DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
7 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

5) Visually inspect the mud pump drive assembly for any unusual conditions, i.e. loose bolts,
vibration, noise, etc.

6) Check the performance of the supercharging system:

 Pump A/C motor operating properly.


 Valves open for the proper volume of drilling fluid.
 Gauges/controls functioning properly.

7) Check the relief valve:

 Check the valve for proper relief setting. The valve should be set 10% above the
pressure rating for the liner size being used.
 Refer to the nameplates on each side of the pump or the pump datasheet to obtain the
operating pressure for that particular size liner.
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
8 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

B. COMMISSIONING OPERATIONAL TEST:

DURATION: EIGHT (8) HOURS TOTAL RUNNING TIME.

The following are basic guidelines for conducting of an eight (8) hour operational test. The pump was
test run under pressure in the manufacturing plant but with different motors and drives.

The discharge pressure can be regulated by temporarily installing an adjustable choke at some point in
the discharge line.

NOTE: There can be short intervals of shut-down time to fix leaks, make adjustments, etc., without
having to restart the test program.

1. LOWER PRESSURE TEST – DURATION: TWO (2) HOURS:


TIME
START STOP

0-500 PSI (0.34-34.5 bar)…………………40 min. @ 40 SPM _______ _______

500-700 PSI (34.5-48.2 bar)………………40 min. @ 50 SPM _______ _______

1000 PSI (68.9 bar)………………………..40 min. @ 60 SPM _______ _______

2. MEDIUM/HIGH PRESSURE TEST – DURATION: SIX (6) HOURS:

1500 PSI (103.4 bar)………………………60 min. @ 80 SPM _______ _______

2000 PSI (138 bar)………………………...60 min. @ 100 SPM _______ _______

2500 PSI (172.4 bar)………………………60 min. @ 100 SPM _______ _______

RATED LINER PRESSURE*…………...180 min. @ 100 SPM _______ _______


* Not to exceed pressure rating of fluid end.
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
9 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

C. INSPECTIONS/CHECK-OFFS DURING TEST PROGRAM:

The overall performance of the unitized pump package should be continuously monitored during the
eight hour test program. The following checks should be made and recorded each two hours of
operation.

START 2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR

1. POWER END LUBRICATION:

 PRESSURE…………………….. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 TEMPERATURE………………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

2. LINER WASH SYSTEM:

 MOTOR AMPS………………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 REGULATING VALVE ADJUST ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 INLET TEMPERATURE………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 OUTLET TEMPERATURE……. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

3. MAIN DRIVE MOTOR NO. 1:

 COOLING AIR TEMP………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 BEARING TEMP……………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 BLOWER AIRFLOW…………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 MOTOR AMPS………………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

o VOLTS…………………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 LOAD SHARE (YES/NO)…….. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____


DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
10 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

START 2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR

4. MAIN DRIVE MOTOR NO. 2:

 COOLING AIR TEMP………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 BEARING TEMP……………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 BLOWER AIRFLOW…………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 MOTOR AMPS………………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

o VOLTS…………………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 LOAD SHARE (YES/NO)…….. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

5. LINER/PISTONS (Yes/No):

 INDICATIONS OF SCORING.. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 ABNORMAL BREATHING..… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 LINER TEMPERATURE..……. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

6. SUPERCHARGING SYSTEM:

 MOTOR AMPS………………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 SUCTION MANIFOLD PRESS. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____


DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
11 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

START 2 HR 4 HR 6 HR 8 HR

7. OVERALL VISUAL EXAMINATION (Yes/No):

 OIL LEAKS………….………… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 GUARDS DRAGGING..……… ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 LOOSE BOLTS……..…………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 LOOSE/LEAK OIL LINE…….. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 COOLANT LEAKS...…………. ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

8. OTHER:

 ___________________________ ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 ___________________________ ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 ___________________________ ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 ___________________________ ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

 ___________________________ ______ _____ _____ _____ _____

Comments:

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________
DOCUMENT OR DRAWING NO. PAGE
12 of
ENGINEERING EDN-1688
12
SUBJECT COMMISSIONING PROCEDURE, FB/FD-1600 APPROVED REVISED DATE REV.

TRIPLEX MUD PUMP GDH 02


PREPARED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE

B. Schumer 12 Apr 2012 Bryce Brock 13 Apr 2012

COMMISSIONING ACCEPTANCE:

Date Complete: ________________________________

Client _______________________ ______________________ _____________________


Name Signature Title

Class _______________________ ______________________ _____________________


Name Signature Title

Owner _______________________ ______________________ _____________________


Name Signature Title

National______________________ ______________________ _____________________


Oilwell Name Signature Title
Varco
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.7
Safety Wire Procedure

www.nov.com
PROCEDURE

THE USE OF AND APPLICATION OF


SAFETY WIRE FOR SECONDARY
RETENTION

National Oilwell Varco


This document contains proprietary and confidential information
which belongs to National Oilwell Varco; it is loaned for limited Rig Solutions
RIG/PLANT
purposes only and remains the property of National Oilwell.
Reproduction, in whole or in part; or use of this design or 11000 Corporate Centre Dr.
distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the
ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS
express written consent of National Oilwell Varco. This document is Houston TX 77041 USA
to be returned to National Oilwell Varco upon request and in any Phone +1 (281) 854-0647
REMARKS event upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. Fax +1 (281) 854-0508
© National Oilwell Varco
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE
DOCUMENT NUMBER REV

CLIENT PO NUMBER
ASP00019 A
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER

Client Document Number


Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

A 15/04/2011 SEE ECN C. SILVA T. GORMSEN T. GORMSEN


- 10/03/1995 First Issue KTK K DAW JES
Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


- First Issue
A SEE ECN
Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 SCOPE.............................................................................................................................. 3
2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... 4
3 REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................. 4
3.1 MATERIAL AND SIZE ............................................................................................ 4
3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................. 5
3.3 LOCK-WIRING METHODS .................................................................................... 6
3.4 OTHER APPLICATIONS ........................................................................................ 7
3.5 ILLUSTRATION OF TYPICAL LOCK-WIRE APPLICATION .................................. 8
4 QA PROVISIONS.............................................................................................................. 9
5 NOTES .............................................................................................................................. 9

1 SCOPE
Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 4

This procedure establishes the method for the selection and application of safety wire.
Lock wiring is the application of wire to prevent relative movement of structure or other
critical components subject to vibration, tension, torque, etc.

This procedure is intended to help eliminate the risk of dropped objects in


components or parts manufactured.

Bolts, Nuts and Screws are the common type of fasteners used on NOV
equipment. They need to be locked (secondary retention) against loss of torque / pre-
tension.

Use of safety wire to prevent rotation of fasteners is a safe and primarily


recommended secondary retention method for fasteners. It is the most preferred
method because it not only prevents fasteners from loosening but also keeps them from
falling in case of primary retention failure (bolt head Breaks off) and effectively prevents
dropped objects.

Note that the secondary retention will work only if the primary retention method is
properly in place, i.e. bolts and screws are tightened and torqued as per specifications,
and there is no play between the mating elements. Secondary retention methods aim in
preventing any compromise in primary retention, loss of pre-tension in assembled
fasteners, loosening and backing out.

Definitions:

Secondary Retention – The means of effectively retaining a fastener/joining component


such that the operating loads do not compromise the integrity of the primary fastening
component.

2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS

DS00008-DES DESIGN TORQUE STANDARDS


Machinery’s Handbook 27th Edition

3 REQUIREMENTS

3.1 MATERIAL AND SIZE

3.1.1 Material
Lock wire must be aircraft quality stainless steel 302/304 condition A.

3.1.2 Lock-wire sizes


Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 5

a. 0.5080 mm (0.020 inch) diameter


b. 0.8128 mm (0.032 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6000.8
c. 1.1938 mm (0.047 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6000.9
d. 1.2950 mm (0.051 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6001
e. 3.1750 mm (0.125 inch) diameter NOV P/N Z6002

3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

3.2.1 Safety wire shall be new upon each application.

3.2.2 Parts shall be lockwired in such a manner that the lockwire shall be put in tension
when the part tends to loosen.

3.2.3 The lockwire should always be installed and twisted so that the loop around the
head stays down and does not tend to come up over bolt head and leave a slack loop.

3.2.4 Care shall be exercised when installing lockwire to ensure that it is tight but not
over stressed.

3.2.5 Properly twisted lockwire will have 7-12 twists per inch for .032 wire and 6-8 turns
for .052 wire. More twists will over stress the wire and cause fatigue and breakage.

3.2.6 A pigtail should be ½” to 5/8” in length (4-8 twists) at the end of the wiring. This
pigtail shall be bent back or under to prevent it from becoming a snag.

3.2.7 As per the Machinery’s Handbook 27th edition the following rules apply:

a) No more than three (3) bolts may be tied together.


b) Bolt heads may be tied as shown only when the female thread receiver is
captive.(see figure 1)
c) Lockwire must fill a minimum of 50% of the drilled hole provided for the
use of lockwire.
d) Diameter of lockwire is determined by the thread size of the fastener to be
lockwired.
1) Thread sizes of 6 mm (0.25 inch) and smaller use 0.508mm (0.020
inch) wire.
2) Thread sizes of 6 mm (0.25 inch) to 12 mm (0.5 inch) use 0.8128 mm
(0.032 inch) wire.
3) Thread sizes > 12 mm (0.5 inch) use 1.1938 mm (0.047 inch) OR
1.295mm (0.051) wire.

The larger wire may be used in smaller bolts in cases of convenience, but smaller
wire must not be used in larger fastener sizes.
Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 6

Figure 1: Safety Wire / Lock Wire

3.3 LOCK-WIRING METHODS

3.3.1 The method involves threading a wire through holes in the fastener to lock it
against being rotated loose. The wire is twisted before being threaded and is locked to
next bolt. Safety wire should be placed in and around bolt head to maintain the pre-load.
The use of safety wire ties is illustrated in figure 1 above. The illustrations assume the
use of right-hand threaded fasteners.

3.3.2 The double-twist method:


The double-twist method of lock-wiring shall be used as the common method of
lock-wiring.

CAUTION: screws in closely spaced geometric which secure hydraulic or air seals, hold
hydraulic pressure, or used in critical areas of clutch mechanism should use double twist
method of lock-wiring. Make sure that the wire is so installed that it can easily be broken
when required in an emergency situation.

3.3.3 Lock-wiring widely spaced multiple groups by the double twist method.
a) When the multiple fasteners are from 4-6 inches apart, three (3) fasteners
shall be the maximum number in a series that can be safety wired
together.
b) When the multiple fasteners are spaced more than 6 inches apart, the
multiple fastener application specified in Figure 1 shall not be used unless
tie points are provided on adjacent parts to shorten the span of the wire to
less than 6 inches.
c) One end of the safety wire shall be inserted through one set of lockwire
holes in the head of the bolt. The other end of the safety wire shall be
looped around the bolt head in the tightening direction.
Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 7

d) The strands, while taut, shall be twisted until the twisted part is just short of
the nearest hole in the next bolt. The twisted portion shall be within 1/8” of
the holes in each bolt as shown in figure 1 above.
e) After wiring the last bolt, the wire shall be twisted to form a pigtail of 2-4
twists. The excess wire shall be cut off. The pigtail shall be bent back or
under the part to prevent it from becoming a snag.

3.3.4 Single wire method:


The single wire method may be used in a closely spaced, closed geometrical
pattern (triangle, square, circle, etc.) on parts in an electrical system, and in places that
would make the single-method more advisable as shown in figure 2 below. Closely
spaced shall be considered a maximum of two inches between centers. Maximum length
of wire shall not exceed 24” in total length.

Figure 2: Safety Wire / Lock Wire Single

3.4 OTHER APPLICATIONS


Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 8

3.4.1 Hollow head bolts are safety wired in the manner prescribed for regular bolts.

3.4.2 Drain plugs and cocks may be wired to a bolt, nut, or other part having a free lock
hole in accordance with the general instructions contained herein.

3.4.3 External snap rings may be locked if necessary in accordance with the general
locking principles contained herein.

3.4.4 Internal snap rings shall never be lockwired.

3.4.5 Bolts and hardware may be wired using SAFE-T-Cable. Follow procedure
D744000087-PRO-001.

Safe-T-Cable® can be used similar to Safety/Lock wire to secure Fasteners. The safety
cable installation procedure is shown in Figure. The safety cable comes in pre-cut
lengths with stubs on one end. After sewing through the holes in the fasteners they are
tightened and crimped using a ferrule cartridge and crimping tool.

They are more convenient to use and take only a fraction of the time to secure fasteners
as compared to safety wire as no wire twisting is required. However additional tools like
ferrule cartridge and crimping tool are required. For additional information refer Safe-T-
Cable® (website http://www.dmctools.com/Catalog/safe_t_cable.htm).

Figure 3: Safety Cable Installation Procedure

3.5 ILLUSTRATION OF TYPICAL LOCK-WIRE APPLICATION


Document number ASP00019
Revision A
Page 9

4 QA PROVISIONS

5 NOTES
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.8
Design Specification –
Design Torque Standard

www.nov.com
DS00008

Design Specification
Design Torque Standard

THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION WHICH BELONGS


TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. IT IS LOANED FOR LIMITED PURPOSES ONLY AND REMAINS THE
PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. REPRODUCTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART OR USE OF
THIS DESIGN OR DISTRIBUTION OF THIS INFORMATION TO OTHERS IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT
THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE
RETURNED TO NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P. UPON REQUEST AND IN ANY EVENT UPON COMPLETION
OF THE USE FOR WHICH IT WAS LOANED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED
AND REPRESENTED IS THE COPYRIGHTED PROPERTY OF NATIONAL-OILWELL, L.P.
TITLE
CURRENT INITIAL Design Torque Standard
DRAWN
B. Levay A. Vargas
CHECKED
T. Montgomery B. Levay SIZE DWG NO REV
APPVD
B. Levay JB A DS00008 G
DATE
2/13/12 11.13.1992 SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 1 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
NOTES

1. Unless noted, all values are based on light machine oil or anti seize lubricated bolts (not high
pressure lubes).
2. NOV does not recommend assembling bolts dry
3. Proof Strength is 92% of minimum yield strength
4. Torque values given represent 70% to 80% of proof strength
5. Clamp force is based on 75% of proof strength
6. These torque values are to be followed unless otherwise specified
7. If torqueing into aluminum, contact engineering for appropriate torque value.
8. After proper torque has been established in accordance with specification, fasteners shall be
immediately identified as being torqued by either:
a) Being safety wired in accordance with ASP00019 and/or
b) Marked with an “X” using either a red or yellow paint marker.
9. Stainless socket head cap screws shall be torqued using the same values as the F593 G or H
stainless hex head cap screws.

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 2 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS
GRADE 2 GRADE 5
T.S. = 74,000 PSI to ¾” DIA T.S. = 120,000 PSI to 1” DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 55,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 85,00 PSI
T.S. = 60,000 PSI 7/8” to 1-1/2” DIA T.S. = 105,000 PSI 1-1/8” to 1-1/2” DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 33,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 74,000 PSI
COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Dia-Threads Min. Torque
Torque Force Torque Torque Force
Per Inch (ft-lbf)
(ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (ft-lbf) (lb)
1/4 – 20 5.7 6.3 1,320 7.6 8.4 2,020
5/16 – 18 10.5 11.6 2,160 16 18 3,340
3/8 – 16 19 21 3,200 29 32 4,940
7/16 – 14 29 32 4,380 48 53 6,800
1/2 – 13 48 53 5,840 71 79 9,050
9/16 – 12 67 74 7,500 105 116 11,600
5/8 – 11 95 105 9,300 143 158 14,400
3/4 – 10 166 184 13,800 247 273 21,300
7/8 – 9 157 173 11,400 409 452 29,400
1–8 238 263 15,000 608 672 38,600
1 1/8 – 7 333 368 18,900 760 840 42,300
1 1/4 – 7 475 525 24,000 1,064 1,176 53,800 7
1 3/8 – 6 627 639 28,600 1,387 1,533 64,100 7
1 1/2 – 6 827 914 34,800 1,843 2,037 78,000 7

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF


1/4 – 28 5.7 6.3 1,500 9.5 10.5 2,320
5/16 – 24 11.4 12.6 2,400 18 20 3,700
3/8 – 24 22 24 3,620 33 37 5,600
7/16 – 20 33 37 4,900 52 58 7,550
1/2 – 20 52 58 6,600 86 95 10,700
9/16 – 18 76 84 8,400 114 126 12,950
5/8 – 18 105 116 10,600 162 179 16,300
3/4 – 16 185 205 15,400 285 315 23,800
7/8 – 14 176 194 12,600 447 494 32,400
1–4 257 284 16,400 665 735 42,200
1 1/8 – 12 380 420 21,200 836 924 47,500 7
1 1/4 – 12 523 578 26,600 1,178 1,302 59,600 7
1 3/8 – 12 703 777 32,500 1,596 1,764 73,000 7
1 1/2 – 12 931 1,029 39,100 2,090 2,310 87,700 7

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 3 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS
GRADE 8 HOLO-KROME
TENSILE STRENGTH = 150,000 PSI TENSILE STRENGTH = 170,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 120,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 136,000 PSI

COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC


Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Dia-Threads Min. Torque
Torque Force Torque Torque Force
Per Inch (ft-lbf)
(ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (ft-lbf) (lb)
1/4 – 20 11.4 12.6 2,860 12 14 3,240
5/16 – 18 24 26 3,720 26 28 5,340
3/8 – 16 43 47 7,000 47 51 7,920
7/16 – 14 67 74 9,550 75 83 10,850
1/2 – 13 105 116 12,750 114 126 14,450
9/16 – 12 143 158 16,100 163 181 18,500
5/8 – 11 209 231 20,350 226 250 23,000
3/4 – 10 361 399 30,100 404 446 34,000
7/8 – 9 570 630 41,600 651 719 47,000
1–8 855 945 54,500 7 969 1,071 61,700 7
1 1/8 – 7 1,216 1,344 68,700 7 1,349 1,491 77,800 7
1 1/4 – 7 1,729 1,911 87,200 7 1,967 2,174 98,700 7
1 3/8 – 6 2,261 2,499 104,000 7 2,565 2,835 117,800 7
1 1/2 – 6 3,002 3,318 126,500 7 3,411 3,770 143,200 7

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF


1/4 – 28 13.3 17.7 3,280 14 16 3,750
5/16 – 24 24 26 5,220 29 32 5,920
3/8 – 24 48 53 7,900 52 58 8,050
7/16 – 20 75 84 10,700 84 92 12,150
1/2 – 20 114 126 14,400 124 137 16,250
9/16 – 18 162 179 18,250 183 203 20,700
5/8 – 18 228 252 23,000 258 286 26,200
3/4 – 16 399 441 33,600 451 499 38,000
7/8 – 14 627 693 45,800 7 718 794 51,900 7
1–4 950 1,050 59,700 7 1,064 1,176 67,600 7
1 1/8 – 12 1,368 1,512 77,000 7 1,511 1,670 87,000 7
1 1/4 – 12 1,900 2,100 96,600 7 2,180 2,410 109,400 7
1 3/8 – 12 2,584 2,856 118,400 7 2,926 3,234 134,000 7
1 1/2 – 12 3,382 3,738 142,200 7 4,769 5,271 201,000 7

9.

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 4 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS
STAINLESS ASTM F593G & F593H STAINLESS ASTM F593U
T.S. = 100,000 PSI to 5/8” DIA TENSILE STRENGTH = 135,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 59,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 95,000 PSI
T.S. = 85,000 PSI 3/4” to 1-1/2” DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 41,000 PSI
COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Dia-Threads Min. Torque
Torque Force Torque Torque Force
Per Inch (ft-lbf)
(ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (ft-lbf) (lb)
1/4 – 20 5.7 6.3 1,407 8.6 9.5 2,266
5/16 – 18 11.4 12.6 2,319 18.1 20.0 3,734
3/8 – 16 20.0 22.1 3,429 33.3 36.8 5,522
7/16 – 14 32 36 4,704 52 58 7,574
1/2 – 13 49 55 6,279 80 88 10,110
9/16 – 12 72 80 8,054 116 128 12,968
5/8 – 11 99 109 10,001 160 176 16,103
3/4 – 10 122 134 10,271 282 312 23,798
7/8 – 9 197 217 14,207 456 504 32,918
1–8 295 327 18,635 684 756 43,179
1 1/8 – 7 418 462 23,462 968 1,070 54,364 7
1 1/4 – 7 590 652 29,797 1,366 1,510 69,041 7
1 3/8 – 6 773 855 35,516 1,792 1,980 82,294 7
1 1/2 – 6 1,026 1,134 43,204 2,378 2,628 100,106 7

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF


1/4 – 28 6.7 7.4 1,611 10.5 11.6 2,594
5/16 – 24 12.4 13.7 2,567 20.9 23.1 4,133
3/8 – 24 22.8 25.2 3,885 37 41 6,256
7/16 – 20 36 40 5,252 59 65 8,457
1/2 – 20 56 62 7,076 90 100 11,393
9/16 – 18 80 88 8,983 129 143 14,464
5/8 – 18 112 124 11,328 181 200 18,240
3/4 – 16 136 150 11,470 315 349 26,576
7/8 – 14 217 239 15,652 503 555 36,266
1–4 323 357 20,387 748 826 47,239 7
1 1/8 – 12 469 519 26,322 1,087 1,201 60,900 7
1 1/4 – 12 653 721 32,995 1,513 1,973 76,451 7
1 3/8 – 12 881 973 10,436 2,040 2,254 93,694 7
1 1/2 – 12 1,154 1,276 49,616 7 2,675 2,957 122,646 7

F593 F593
G or H U

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 5 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS LUBRICATED WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND
GRADE 2 GRADE 5
T.S. = 74,000 PSI to ¾” DIA T.S. = 120,000 PSI to 1” DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 55,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 85,00 PSI
T.S. = 60,000 PSI 7/8” to 1-1/2” DIA T.S. = 105,000 PSI 1-1/8” to 1-1/2” DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 33,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 74,000 PSI
COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Dia-Threads Min. Torque
Torque Force Torque Torque Force
Per Inch (ft-lbf)
(ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (ft-lbf) (lb)
1/4 – 20 4.3 4.7 1,320 5.7 6.3 2,020
5/16 – 18 7.8 8.7 2,160 12.1 13.4 3,340
3/8 – 16 14.3 15.8 3,200 21.4 23.6 4,940
7/16 – 14 21.4 23.6 4,380 36 39 6,800
1/2 – 13 36 39 5,840 53 59 9,050
9/16 – 12 50 55 7,500 78 87 11,600
5/8 – 11 71 79 9,300 107 118 14,400
3/4 – 10 125 138 13,800 185 205 21,300
7/8 – 9 118 130 11,400 306 339 29,400
1–8 178 197 15,000 456 504 38,600
1 1/8 – 7 249 276 18,900 570 630 42,300
1 1/4 – 7 356 394 24,000 798 882 53,800 7
1 3/8 – 6 470 520 28,600 1,040 1,150 64,100 7
1 1/2 – 6 620 685 34,800 1,382 1,528 78,000 7

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF


1/4 – 28 4.3 4.7 1,500 7.1 7.9 2,320
5/16 – 24 8.6 9.5 2,400 13.5 15 3,700
3/8 – 24 16.4 18.1 3,620 25 28 5,600
7/16 – 20 25 28 4,900 39 43 7,550
1/2 – 20 39 43 6,600 64 71 10,700
9/16 – 18 57 63 8,400 86 95 12,950
5/8 – 18 78 87 10,600 121 134 16,300
3/4 – 16 139 154 15,400 214 236 23,800
7/8 – 14 132 146 12,600 335 370 32,400
1–4 192 213 16,400 499 551 42,200
1 1/8 – 12 285 315 21,200 627 693 47,500 7
1 1/4 – 12 392 433 26,600 884 977 59,600 7
1 3/8 – 12 527 583 32,500 1,197 1,323 73,000 7
1 1/2 – 12 698 772 39,100 1,568 1,733 87,700 7

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 6 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS LUBRICATED WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND
GRADE 8 HOLO-KROME
TENSILE STRENGTH = 150,000 PSI TENSILE STRENGTH = 170,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 120,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 136,000 PSI

COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC


Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Dia-Threads Min. Torque
Torque Force Torque Torque Force
Per Inch (ft-lbf)
(ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (ft-lbf) (lb)
1/4 – 20 8.6 9.5 2,860 9.3 10.2 3,240
5/16 – 18 17.8 19.7 3,720 19 21 5,340
3/8 – 16 32 35 7,000 35 39 7,920
7/16 – 14 50 55 9,550 56 62 10,850
1/2 – 13 78 87 12,750 86 95 14,450
9/16 – 12 107 118 16,100 123 135 18,500
5/8 – 11 157 173 20,350 170 187 23,000
3/4 – 10 271 299 30,100 303 335 34,000
7/8 – 9 428 473 41,600 488 539 47,000 7
1–8 641 709 54,500 7 727 803 61,700 7
1 1/8 – 7 912 1,008 68,700 7 1,012 1,118 77,800 7
1 1/4 – 7 1,297 1,433 87,200 7 1,475 1,630 98,700 7
1 3/8 – 6 1,696 1,874 104,000 7 1,924 2,126 117,800 7
1 1/2 – 6 2,252 2,489 126,500 7 2,558 2,827 143,200 7

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF


1/4 – 28 10 11 3,280 10.7 11.8 3,750
5/16 – 24 17.8 19.7 5,220 21 24 5,920
3/8 – 24 36 39 7,900 39 43 8,050
7/16 – 20 57 63 10,700 63 69 12,150
1/2 – 20 86 95 14,400 93 102 16,250
9/16 – 18 121 134 18,250 138 152 20,700
5/8 – 18 171 189 23,000 194 214 26,200
3/4 – 16 299 331 33,600 338 374 38,000
7/8 – 14 470 520 45,800 7 539 595 51,900 7
1–4 713 788 59,700 7 798 882 67,600 7
1 1/8 – 12 1,026 1,134 77,000 7 1,133 1,252 87,000 7
1 1/4 – 12 1,425 1,575 96,600 7 1,635 1,807 109,400 7
1 3/8 – 12 1,938 2,142 11,840 7 2,195 2,426 134,000 7
1 1/2 – 12 2,537 2,804 142,200 7 3,577 3,953 201,000 7

9.

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 7 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS LUBRICATED WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND
STAINLESS ASTM F593G & F593H STAINLESS ASTM F593U
T.S. = 100,000 PSI to 5/8” DIA TENSILE STRENGTH = 135,000 PSI
PROOF STRENGTH = 59,000 PSI PROOF STRENGTH = 95,000 PSI
T.S. = 85,000 PSI 3/4” to 1-1/2” DIA
PROOF STRENGTH = 41,000 PSI
COARSE THREAD SERIES - UNC
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Dia-Threads Min. Torque
Torque Force Torque Torque Force
Per Inch (ft-lbf)
(ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (ft-lbf) (lb)
1/4 – 20 4.3 4.7 1,407 6.4 7.1 2,266
5/16 – 18 8.6 9.5 2,319 13.5 15 3,734
3/8 – 16 15 16.5 3,429 24.9 27.6 5,522
7/16 – 14 24 27 4,704 39 43 7,574
1/2 – 13 37 41 6,279 60 66 10,110
9/16 – 12 54 60 8,054 87 96 12,968
5/8 – 11 74 82 10,001 120 132 16,103
3/4 – 10 91 101 10,271 212 234 23,798
7/8 – 9 147 163 14,207 342 378 32,918
1–8 222 245 18,635 513 567 43,179
1 1/8 – 7 314 347 23,462 726 802 54,364 7
1 1/4 – 7 442 489 29,797 1,025 1,132 69,041 7
1 3/8 – 6 580 641 35,516 1,344 1,485 82,294 7
1 1/2 – 6 770 851 43,204 1,783 1,971 100,106 7

FINE THREAD SERIES – UNF


1/4 – 28 5.0 5.5 1,611 7.8 8.7 2,594
5/16 – 24 9.3 10.2 2,567 15.7 17.3 4,133
3/8 – 24 17.1 18.9 3,885 28 31 6,256
7/16 – 20 27 30 5,252 44 49 8,457
1/2 – 20 42 46 7,076 68 75 11,393
9/16 – 18 60 66 8,983 97 107 14,464
5/8 – 18 84 93 11,328 135 150 18,240
3/4 – 16 102 113 11,470 237 261 26,576
7/8 – 14 162 180 15,652 377 417 36,266
1–4 242 268 20,387 561 620 47,239 7
1 1/8 – 12 352 389 26,322 815 901 60,990 7
1 1/4 – 12 489 541 32,995 1,135 1,254 76,451 7
1 3/8 – 12 660 730 40,436 1,530 1,691 93,694 7
1 1/2 – 12 866 957 48,616 7 2,006 2,218 112,646 7

F593 F593
G or H U

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 8 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS
CLASS 4.6 CLASS 8.8
T.S. = 400 MPa T.S. = 830 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 225 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 600 MPa
T.S. is for all dia. T.S. is for all dia
*Metric socket head screws*
METRIC SERIES
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Min. Torque
Diameter - pitch Torque Force Torque Torque Force
(ft-Ibf)
(ft-Ibf) (Ib) (ft-Ibf) (ft-Ibf) (lb)
M3 - .5 .4 .5 183 .9 1.2 489
M3.5 - .6 .6 .73 247 1.5 1.9 659
M4 - .7 .9 1.1 320 2.1 2.9 854
M5 - .8 1.7 2.1 516 4.3 5.8 1,378
M6 - 1 2.9 3.7 732 7.2 9.9 1,954
M8 - 1.25 6.9 8.9 1,331 17 23 3,550
M10 - 1.5 14 17 2,106 33 47 5,617
M12 - 1.75 24 31 3,055 57 81 8,148
M14 - 2 38 48 4,177 91 129 11,141
M16 - 2 57 74 5,664 141 199 15,106
M18 – 2.5 81 104 6,975 195 278 18,600
M20 – 2.5 112 145 8,851 274 388 23,604
M22 – 2.5 151 196 10,940 372 524 29,174
M24 - 3 193 251 12,746 472 671 33,989
M27 – 3 280 365 16,570 690 974 44,186
M30 - 3.5 381 496 20,216 934 1,325 53,911 7
M33 – 3.5 514 670 24,961 1,267 1,787 66,563 7
M36 – 3.5 656 857 29,422 1,627 2,285 78,460 7
M39 - 4 852 1112 35,122 2,102 2,966 93,661 7
M42 - 4.5 1,059 1380 40,363 2,599 3,681 107,634 7
M48 - 5 1,586 2069 53,038 7 3,899 5,518 141,435 7
M56 - 5.5 2,535 3310 73,007 7 6,253 8,828 194,686 7

4.6 8.8

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 9 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR LIGHT MACHINE OIL LUBRICATED BOLTS
CLASS 10.9 CLASS 12.9
T.S. = 1040 MPa T.S. = 1220 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 830 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 970 MPa
T.S. is for all dia T.S. is for all dia.
* Metric socket head screws*
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Min. Torque
Diameter - pitch Torque Force Torque Torque Force
(ft-Ibf)
(ft-Ibf) (Ib) (ft-Ibf) (ft-Ibf) (lb)
M3 - .5 1.3 1.7 676 1.5 2.0 790
M3.5 - .6 2.1 2.7 911 2.5 3.1 1,065
M4 - .7 3.1 4.0 1,182 3.7 4.7 1,381
M5 - .8 6.2 8.0 1,906 7.3 9.4 2,228
M6 - 1 10.6 13.7 2,703 12 16 3,159
M8 - 1.25 25 33 4,910 29 38 5,739
M10 - 1.5 50 65 7,771 58 76 9,082
M12 - 1.75 87 112 11,271 101 131 13,172
M14 - 2 138 179 15,411 162 210 18,011
M16 - 2 212 275 20,897 247 321 24,422
M18 – 2.5 297 384 25,730 347 449 30,070
M20 – 2.5 414 537 53,911 483 628 38,159
M22 – 2.5 557 726 40,358 651 848 47,165 7
M24 – 3 715 929 47,019 7 836 1,086 54,950 7
M27 – 3 1,034 1,347 61,125 7 1,209 1,574 71,435 7
M30 - 3.5 1,408 1,833 74,577 7 1,646 2,142 87,157 7
M33 – 3.5 1,896 2,473 92,079 7 2,216 2,890 107,611 7
M36 – 4 2,421 3,161 108,536 7 2,829 3,695 126,843 7
M39 – 4 3,145 4,103 129,564 7 3,675 4,795 151,418 7
M42 - 4.5 3,907 5,093 148,894 7 4,566 5,952 174,009 7
M48 - 5 5,853 7,633 195,652 7 6,840 8,921 228,654 7
M56 – 5.5 9,352 12,212 269,316 7 10,930 14,272 314,743 7

10.9
12.9

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 10 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND
CLASS 4.6 CLASS 8.8
T.S. = 400 MPa T.S. = 830 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 225 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 600 MPa
T.S. is for all dia. T.S. is for all dia
*Metric socket head screws*
METRIC SERIES
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Min. Torque
Diameter - pitch Torque Force Torque Torque Force
(ft-Ibf)
(ft-Ibf) (Ib) (ft-Ibf) (ft-Ibf) (lb)
M3 - .5 0.3 0.4 183 0.7 0.9 489
M3.5 - .6 0.5 0.6 247 1.1 1.5 659
M4 - .7 0.7 0.9 320 1.6 2.0 854
M5 - .8 1.3 1.7 516 3.2 4.2 1,378
M6 - 1 2.2 2.8 732 5.4 7.0 1,954
M8 - 1.25 5 7 1,331 13 17 3,550
M10 - 1.5 11 14 2,106 25 32 5,617
M12 - 1.75 18 23 3,055 43 56 8,148
M14 - 2 29 37 4,177 68 89 11,141
M16 - 2 43 56 5,664 106 137 15,106
M18 – 2.5 61 79 6,975 146 190 18,600
M20 – 2.5 84 109 8,851 206 267 23,604
M22 – 2.5 113 147 10,940 279 363 29,174
M24 - 3 145 188 12,746 354 460 33,989
M27 – 3 210 273 16,570 518 673 44,186
M30 - 3.5 286 371 20,216 701 911 53,911 7
M33 – 3.5 386 501 24,961 950 1235 66,563 7
M36 – 3.5 492 640 29,422 1220 1586 78,460 7
M39 - 4 639 831 35,122 1577 2049 93,661 7
M42 - 4.5 794 1033 40,363 1949 2534 107,634 7
M48 - 5 1190 1546 53,038 7 2924 3802 141,435 7
M56 - 5.5 1901 2472 73,007 7 4690 6097 194,686 7

4.6 8.8

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 11 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
TORQUE VALUES FOR BOLTS WITH AN ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND
CLASS 10.9 CLASS 12.9
T.S. = 1040 MPa T.S. = 1220 MPa
PROOF STRENGTH = 830 MPa PROOF STRENGTH = 970 MPa
T.S. is for all dia T.S. is for all dia.
* Metric socket head screws*
Max. Clamp Min. Max. Clamp
Min. Torque
Diameter - pitch Torque Force Torque Torque Force
(ft-Ibf)
(ft-Ibf) (Ib) (ft-Ibf) (ft-Ibf) (lb)
M3 - .5 1.0 1.3 676 1.1 1.5 790
M3.5 - .6 1.6 2.0 911 1.9 2.4 1,065
M4 - .7 2.3 3.0 1,182 2.8 3.6 1,381
M5 - .8 4.7 6.0 1,906 5.5 7.1 2,228
M6 - 1 8.0 10.3 2,703 9.0 11.7 3,159
M8 - 1.25 19 24 4,910 22 28 5,739
M10 - 1.5 38 49 7,771 44 57 9,082
M12 - 1.75 65 85 11,271 76 98 13,172
M14 - 2 104 135 15,411 122 158 18,011
M16 - 2 159 207 20,897 185 241 24,422
M18 – 2.5 223 290 25,730 260 338 30,070
M20 – 2.5 311 404 32,652 362 471 38,159
M22 – 2.5 418 543 40,358 488 635 47,165 7
M24 – 3 536 697 47,019 7 627 815 54,950 7
M27 – 3 776 1008 61,125 7 907 1179 71,435 7
M30 - 3.5 1056 1373 74,577 7 1235 1605 87,157 7
M33 – 3.5 1422 1849 92,079 7 1662 2161 107,611 7
M36 – 4 1816 2360 108,536 7 2122 2758 126,843 7
M39 – 4 2359 3066 129,564 7 2756 3583 151,418 7
M42 - 4.5 2930 3809 148,894 7 3425 4452 174,009 7
M48 - 5 4390 5707 195,652 7 5130 6669 228,654 7
M56 – 5.5 7014 9118 269,316 7 8198 10657 314,743 7

10.9
12.9

The following tables specify torque values for fasteners used


with Nord-Lock washers.

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 12 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt 8.8
Oil Graphite
Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Washer Size Bolt Size
(mm) (ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (lb)
NL3 M3 .5 1.2 540 1.2 540
NL4 M4 .7 3.0 944 2.7 944
NL5 M5 .8 5.8 1,529 5.2 1,529
NL6 M6 1.0 10 2,181 9.1 2,181
NL8 M8 1.25 24 4,047 22 4,047
NL10 M10 1.5 47 6,295 43 6,295
NL12 M12 1.75 82 8,992 74 8,992
NL14 M14 2.0 129 12,364 117 12,364
NL16 M16 2.0 197 16,861 177 16,861
NL18 M18 2.5 276 20,682 249 20,682
NL20 M20 2.5 385 26,527 348 26,527
NL22 M22 2.5 525 32,822 474 32,822
NL24 M24 3.0 664 37,993 599 37,993
NL27 M27 3.0 968 49,683 873 49,683
NL30 M30 3.5 1,322 60,474 1,192 60,474
NL33 M33 3.5 1,779 74,861 1,600 74,861
NL36 M36 4.0 2,295 88,125 2,067 88,125
NL39 M39 4.0 2,960 105,211 2,663 105,211
NL42 M42 4.5 3,663 120,947 3,297 120,947

NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt 10.9


Oil Graphite
Washer Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Bolt Size
Size (mm) (ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (lb)
NL3 M3 .5 1.7 719 1.5 764
NL4 M4 .7 3.9 1,259 3.5 1,326
NL5 M5 .8 7.8 2,046 6.7 2,158
NL6 M6 1.0 14 2,900 12 3,057
NL8 M8 1.25 33 5,171 29 5,620
NL10 M10 1.5 64 8,318 56 8,768
NL12 M12 1.75 110 12,140 95 12,814
NL14 M14 2.0 175 16,636 151 17,535
NL16 M16 2.0 268 22,481 230 23,830
NL18 M18 2.5 375 27,651 323 29,225
NL20 M20 2.5 524 35,070 451 37,093
NL22 M22 2.5 714 43,613 613 46,086
NL24 M24 3.0 903 50,582 776 53,505
NL27 M27 3.0 1,318 66,094 1,128 69,691
NL30 M30 3.5 1,798 80,482 1,542 84,978
NL33 M33 3.5 2,422 99,590 2,068 105,211
NL36 M36 4.0 3,125 117,350 2,673 123,870
NL39 M39 4.0 4,030 140,281 3,440 148,149
NL42 M42 4.5 4,988 160,963 4,262 170,180
SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 13 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt 12.9
Oil Graphite
Washer Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Bolt Size
Size (mm) (ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (lb)
NL3 M3 .5 1.9 877 1.6 922
NL4 M4 .7 4.4 1,506 3.8 1,596
NL5 M5 .8 8.7 2,450 7.4 2,585
NL6 M6 1.0 15 3,462 13 3,664
NL8 M8 1.25 36 6,295 31 6,744
NL10 M10 1.5 72 9,892 61 10,566
NL12 M12 1.75 123 14,613 105 15,287
NL14 M14 2.0 196 20,008 167 21,132
NL16 M16 2.0 298 26,977 252 28,551
NL18 M18 2.5 419 33,272 355 35,070
NL20 M20 2.5 585 42,264 494 44,512
NL22 M22 2.5 797 52,380 670 55,303
NL24 M24 3.0 1,009 60,698 850 64,295
NL27 M27 3.0 1,470 79,133 1,235 83,629
NL30 M30 3.5 2,005 96,668 1,688 102,063
NL33 M33 3.5 2,699 119,598 2,265 126,343
NL36 M36 4.0 3,483 140,730 2,927 148,823
NL39 M39 4.0 4,490 168,157 3,763 177,599
NL42 M42 4.5 5,560 193,336 4,666 204,126

NORD-LOCK Stainless Steel with Stainless Steel Bolt A4


A4-70 w/ Graphite Lube A4-80 w/ Graphite Lube
Washer Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Bolt Size
Size (mm) (ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (lb)
NL3 M3 .5 0.9 337 1.2 450
NL4 M4 .7 1.9 585 2.6 764
NL5 M5 .8 3.7 922 5.1 1,236
NL6 M6 1.0 7 1,326 9 1,754
NL8 M8 1.25 16 2,473 21 3,147
NL10 M10 1.5 32 3,822 41 5,171
NL12 M12 1.75 54 5,620 72 7,419
NL14 M14 2.0 85 7,644 114 10,116
NL16 M16 2.0 130 10,341 174 13,713
NL18 M18 2.5 183 12,589 244 16,861
NL20 M20 2.5 256 16,186 341 21,357
NL22 M22 2.5 349 20,008 465 26,527
NL24 M24 3.0 441 23,155 588 30,799
NL27 M27 3.0 643 30,124 858 40,241
NL30 M30 3.5 877 36,869 1,170 49,233
NL33 M33 3.5 1,182 45,636 1,576 60,698
NL36 M36 4.0 1,525 53,729 2,034 71,714
NL39 M39 4.0 1,968 64,071 2,624 85,652
NL42 M42 4.5 2,435 73,737 3,247 98,241
SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 14 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt Grade 5
Oil Graphite
Washer Bolt Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Size Size (TPI) (ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (lb)
NL3 #5 40 1.1 550 1.0 550
NL3.5 #6 32 1.4 630 1.3 630
NL4 #8 32 2.7 970 2.4 970
NL5 #10 24 3.9 1,200 3.5 1,200
NL1/4” ¼ 20 9.1 2,200 8.3 2,200
NL8 5/16 18 18 3,600 16 3,600
NL3/8” 3/8 16 30 5,400 28 5,400
NL11 7/16 14 47 7,300 42 7,300
NL1/2” ½ 13 73 9,800 66 9,800
NL14 9/16 12 104 12,600 94 12,600
NL16 5/8 11 145 15,600 131 15,600
NL3/4” ¾ 10 254 23,100 230 23,100
NL22 7/8 9 408 31,900 369 31,900
NL 1” 1 8 617 41,800 557 41,800
NL30 1 1/8 7 771 46,400 697 46,400
NL33 1¼ 7 1075 58,900 969 58,900
NL36 1 3/8 6 1410 70,200 1,270 70,200
NL39 1½ 6 1860 85,500 1,670 85,500

NORD-LOCK “Delta Protekt” Washers with Zinc Plated Bolt Grade 8


Oil Graphite
Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Washer Size Bolt Size
(TPI) (ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (lb)
NL3 #5 40 1.5 740 1.3 780
NL3.5 #6 32 1.9 840 1.7 890
NL4 #8 32 3.5 1,300 3.1 1,400
NL5 #10 24 5.1 1,600 4.6 1,700
NL1/4” ¼ 20 12 2,900 11 3,100
NL8 5/16 18 24 4,900 21 5,100
NL3/8” 3/8 16 41 7,200 36 7,600
NL11 7/16 14 64 9,800 56 10,400
NL1/2” ½ 13 99 13,100 86 13,900
NL14 9/16 12 138 16,800 122 17,800
NL16 5/8 11 197 20,900 171 22,100
NL3/4” ¾ 10 346 30,900 299 32,700
NL22 7/8 9 556 42,700 479 45,100
NL 1” 1 8 840 56,000 724 59,200
NL30 1 1/8 7 1,190 70,600 1,030 74,500
NL33 1¼ 7 1,660 89,600 1,430 94,600
NL36 1 3/8 6 2,180 107,000 1,880 113,000
NL39 1½ 6 2,870 130,000 2,470 137,000

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 15 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
NORD-LOCK Stainless Steel with ASTM A574 Bolt
Oil Graphite
Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Washer Size Bolt Size
(TPI) (ft-lbf) (lb) (ft-lbf) (lb)
NL3 #5 40 1.7 870 1.6 910
NL3.5 #6 32 2.2 990 2.0 1,050
NL4 #8 32 3.8 1,500 3.7 1,600
NL5 #10 24 5.8 1,900 5.5 2,000
NL1/4” ¼ 20 13 3,400 12 3,700
NL8 5/16 18 26 5,700 23 6,000
NL3/8” 3/8 16 45 8,400 39 8,900
NL11 7/16 14 70 11,500 60 12,200
NL1/2” ½ 13 109 15,400 93 16,300
NL14 9/16 12 148 19,800 141 20,900
NL16 5/8 11 216 24,600 184 26,000
NL3/4” ¾ 10 378 36,400 321 38,400
NL22 7/8 9 607 50,200 514 53,000
NL 1” 1 8 916 65,900 776 69,600
NL30 1 1/8 7 1,300 83,000 1100 87,700
NL33 1¼ 7 1,810 105,000 1530 111,000
NL36 1 3/8 6 2,380 126,000 2020 133,000
NL39 1½ 6 3,140 153,000 2640 161,000

NORD-LOCK Stainless Steel with ASTM F593 Bolt


Oil Graphite
Pitch Torque Clamp Torque Clamp
Washer Size Bolt Size
(TPI) (ftlb) (lb) (ftlb) (lb)
NL3 #5 40 - - - -
NL3.5 #6 32 - - - -
NL4 #8 32 - - - -
NL5 #10 24 - - - -
NL1/4” ¼ 20 5.2 1,300 5.2 1,300
NL8 5/16 18 10.3 2,200 10.3 2,200
NL3/8” 3/8 16 18 3,300 18 3,300
NL11 7/16 14 28 4,500 28 4,500
NL1/2” ½ 13 43 6,000 43 6,000
NL14 9/16 12 61 7,700 61 7,700
NL16 5/8 11 85 9,500 85 9,500
NL3/4” ¾ 10 104 9,800 104 9,800
NL22 7/8 9 166 13,500 166 13,500
NL 1” 1 8 251 17,700 251 17,700
NL30 1 1/8 7 356 22,300 356 22,300
NL33 1¼ 7 497 28,300 497 28,300
NL36 1 3/8 6 653 33,800 653 33,800
NL39 1½ 6 859 41,100 859 41,100

SIZE DWG NO REV

A DS00008 G
SCALE NONE WT LBS SHEET 16 OF 16
DCF0045 (REV B)
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.9
Recommended Lubricants &
Hydraulic Fluids

www.nov.com
Recommended
Lubricants and
Hydraulic Fluids
NOV Drilling System Products
Top Drive Systems
Power Swivel Systems
Iron Roughneck Systems
Hoisting Systems
Mud Pump Systems
Pipe Handling Systems
Rotating Systems
BOP Transporter Systems

Reference Reference Description

This document contains proprietary and confidential


information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco,
L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to
hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only
and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole or in National Oilwell Varco
part, or use of this design or distribution of this information to RIG SOLUTIONS
others is not permitted without the express written consent of 11000 Corporate Centre Drive
NOV. This document is to be returned to NOV upon request or Houston, TX 77041
upon completion of the use for which it was loaned. This
document and the information contained and represented
herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
© National Oilwell Varco
Document Number Rev.

D811000719-PRO-001 04

www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04

Revision History

04 21.02.2012 Engineering Update B. Dominguez B. Levay B. Levay

03 30.11.2009 Engineering Update B. Dominguez P. Williams P. Williams

02 09.14.2009 Publication update B. Dominguez P. Williams P. Williams

01 10.01.2008 First Issue TCD BMD BDW

Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04

Change Description

Revision Change Description

01 First Issue

1. Changed equipment reference to cover page.


2. Added temperature range reference to hydraulic fluids and gear lubricant pour point advisories to
page 1.
3. Changed and added frequency of fluid changes for hydraulic fluids and gear lubricants to pages 4
and 8.
4. Changed Non-Arctic Service heading to Non-Arctic Service Fluids to page 6.
5. Changed “Viscosity” reference to “Kinematic Viscosity” reference in Non-Arctic Service Fluid table
to page 6.
6. Changed Arctic Service heading to Arctic Service Fluids to page 7.
7. Changed “Viscosity” reference to “Kinematic Viscosity” reference in Arctic Service Fluid table to
page 7.
8. Added “SUS” viscosities to best choice supreme grade arctic service hydraulic fluids to
page 7.
9. Added “SUS” viscosities to alternative supreme grade arctic service hydraulic fluids to page
02
7.
10. Changed gearbox reference and added cross-reference information to operating temperature table
for draining of gear oil to page 8.
11. Added "Conventional" reference to washpipe lubricant recommendation section to page 10.
12. Removed "AC" reference to page 10.
13. Removed grease brand example to page 11.
14. Added External Pinion and Gear Sets section with recommended grease information tables to page
9 and 10.
15. Changed “Viscosity” cell title to “Kinematic Viscosity” cell title in Lubricants and Fluids Reference
Chart to pages 14 and 15.
16. Added "External Pinion and Gear Sets" component lubricant reference to page 15.
17. Removed "AC" reference from drilling motor bearings to page 15.
18. Changed all primary temperature degrees to Celsius and changed all reference temperature
degrees to Fahrenheit.

1. Added caution note and contact information note to page 2.


03
2. Removed oil additive recommendation note to page 15.

1. Moved Motor Bearings Lubricating Greases section from page 11 to page 12.
2. Moved External Pinion & Gear Set Lubricating Greases section from page 12 to page 13.
3. Moved Air Lubricator Misting Oil section from page 13 to page 17.
04
4. Add Wire Rope Lubricant section with recommended wire rope lubricant information (Titled:
Inspection, Lubricating, and Rope Lubricants) to page 14 through page 16.
5. Added Wire Rope reference information to Lubricants and Fluids Reference Chart to page 20.

www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04
Page i of i

Table of Contents

General Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1


Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Change Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Non-Arctic Service Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Arctic Service Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Gear Oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Change Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Low-Temperature Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Gearbox Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Grease. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
General Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Conventional Washpipe Lubricating Greases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Motor Bearings Lubricating Greases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
IBOP/Kelly Valve Actuator Lubricating Greases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
External Pinion & Gear Set Lubricating Greases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Wire Rope Lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Lubricating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Rope Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Misting Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Air Lubricator Misting Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Lubricants and Fluids Reference Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18

i
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 1 of 20

General Recommendations
The lubrication intervals for NOV derrick-mounted equipment are based on lubricant
supplier recommendations, original equipment manufacturer instructions, and engineering
design criteria. Severe conditions such as extreme loads, extreme temperatures, or o

operating in a corrosive atmosphere may require more frequent lubrication intervals.

i
Hydraulic fluids must pour freely at the minimum operating
temperature. The Pour Point temperature of Hydraulic
Fluid should be at least 17°C or (30°F) lower than the
expected minimum ambient temperature. If the ambient
temperature approaches the Hydraulic Fluid Pour Point,
you may need to use a heater to get the fluid flowing and to
ensure proper lubrication of components.

i
Gear lubricant must pour freely at the minimum operating
temperature. The Pour Point temperature of Gear
Lubricant should be at least 6°C or (10°F) lower than the
expected minimum ambient temperature. If the ambient
temperature approaches the Gear Lubricant Pour Point,
you may need to use a heater to get the fluid flowing and to
ensure proper lubrication of components.

i
Clean or replace filters whenever lubricants and fluids are
replaced.

!
When adding or changing fluids (gear oil or hydraulic fluid),
take every precaution to prevent fluid contamination. 
Do not mix different types of fluids. Do not mix the same
type of fluid from different manufacturers.

1
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 2 of 20

General Recommendations

!
Always use NOV recommended lubricants in your NOV
equipment.

i
Contact an NOV Service Center for additional instructions
if none of the recommended lubricants have the correct
properties for ambient and operating temperatures ranges
at your location.

2
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 3 of 20

General Recommendations
Precautions
Make sure to read and understand the following prior to adding or changing lubricants.

!
Do not over-lubricate parts. Over-lubricating a fitting can
cause a bearing seal to pop out. Over-lubricated parts may
also drip, creating a slipping hazard.

Release all hydraulic oil pressure by bleeding


accumulators before disconnecting hydraulic lines.
Hydraulic oil under pressure can penetrate skin and
cause serious injury.

Before opening the hydraulic system, thoroughly clean


work area, and maintain system cleanliness by
promptly capping all disconnected lines. Dirt is
extremely harmful to hydraulic system components
and can cause equipment failure and subsequent
injury to personnel.

i
Careful handling of all lubricants should always be
practiced. Avoid prolonged contact to skin, splashing into
eyes, ingestion or inhaling of vapor or mist. Refer to the
MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheet) for additional
information.

3
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 4 of 20

General Recommendations
Additional Information
Refer to the following for related information.
 The design notes provided on the assembly drawing in the Technical Drawing
Package (TDP) may list lubrication product information and instructions. The TDP is
located in the NOV equipment Owner’s Manual.
 There may be a nameplate on the equipment that provides lubrication product
information and instructions.
 The original equipment manufacturer’s (vendor) documentation may contain specific
lubrication and hydraulic fluid requirements. Vendor-supplied documentation is
located in the NOV equipment Owner’s Manual.
 The Maintenance chapter in the NOV equipment User Manual provides the specific
component lubrication instructions.
 The Long-Term Storage section provides lubrication instructions associated with
putting NOV equipment back into service after prolonged storage. This section is
located in the NOV equipment User Manual.

4
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 5 of 20

Hydraulic Fluid
NOV recommends anti-wear (AW) hydraulic fluid of the proper viscosity grade. AW
hydraulic fluid is typically mineral-based and contains anti-wear additives, along with rust
and oxidation inhibitors.
The hydraulic oil viscosity should be adjusted based on expected ambient conditions, refer
to the recommended hydraulic fluid tables for specific hydraulic fluids for start-up and
operating in non-arctic and arctic environments.

Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness


In order to ensure reliable operation, hydraulic fluid must be maintained at a minimum
particle count (cleanliness) level that meets or exceeds an ISO 4406 rating of 17/15/12
(NAS Class 6 or better). Refer to the following NOV documents for specific instructions
about maintaining hydraulic fluid cleanliness:
 FIP00121 – Specification for Fluid Cleanliness and for Cleaning and Flushing
Hydraulic Lines
 SM00081 – Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness Supplement

Change Interval
The hydraulic fluid should be changed after the first initial start-up or if returning the
equipment to service after prolonged storage.
 Change all hydraulic fluids yearly or as frequently as operating conditions require.
 Fill all hydraulic fluid systems to correct levels with specified lubricants. Refer to the
recommended hydraulic fluid tables for specific hydraulic fluids.

!
Do not mix different types of fluids. Do not mix the same
type of fluid from different manufacturers.

 Maintain a clean, sludge-free oil of proper viscosity.

Filters
Filters should always be replaced when changing hydraulic fluid. Refer to the Maintenance
chapter (in the NOV equipment User Manual) for filter descriptions and details.
 Replace filters every three (3) months or whenever the lubricants are changed.

5
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 6 of 20

Hydraulic Fluid
Inspection
 Check the hydraulic fluid level daily.

i
Keep the hydraulic reservoir full at all times. The oil level
should be visible in the sight gauge.

 Inspect for leaks daily.


 Perform hydraulic system oil analysis once every six (6) months.

6
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 7 of 20

Hydraulic Fluid
Non-Arctic Service Fluids
The recommended hydraulic fluid to use for start-up and operating in non-arctic
environments are provide in the following table.

i
All temperatures are in degrees of Celsius. The Fahrenheit
temperature is the reference temperature.

Recommended Hydraulic Fluids for Non-Arctic Service

Operating Temperature Range -12°C to 52°C (10°F to 125°F)

Premium Grade AW Hydraulic Oil (with anti-wear and anti-rust additives)

Kinematic
6.9 cSt @ 100°C (49 SUS @ 210°F)
Viscosity

Best Choice Viscosity Index 105

Pour Point -30°C (-22°F)

ISO/ASTM
46
Viscosity Grade

Hydraulic Transmission Oil

Kinematic
6.9 cSt @ 100°C (49 SUS @ 210°F)
Viscosity

Alternative Viscosity Index 100 (minimum)

Pour Point -37°C (-35°F)

ISO/ASTM
46
Viscosity Grade

i
Contact an NOV Service Center for additional instructions
if none of the recommended hydraulic fluids have the
correct properties for the ambient and operating
temperature ranges at your location.

7
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 8 of 20

Hydraulic Fluid
Arctic Service Fluids
The recommended hydraulic fluid to use for start-up and operating in arctic environments
are provide in the following table.
Recommended Hydraulic Fluids for Arctic Service

Operating Temperature Range -40° C to 17°C (-40° F to 63°F)

Supreme Grade AW Hydraulic Oil (with anti-wear and anti-rust additives;


high shear stability)

Kinematic
5.5 cSt @ 100°C (44 SUS @ 210°F)
Viscosity
Best Choice
Viscosity Index 377

Pour Point -60°C (-76°F)

ISO/ASTM
15
Viscosity Grade

Supreme Grade AW Hydraulic Oil (with anti-wear and anti-rust additives;


high shear stability)

Kinematic
3.72 cSt @ 100°C (39 SUS @ 210°F)
Viscosity
Alternative
Viscosity Index 140

Pour Point -42°C (-44°F)

ISO/ASTM
15
Viscosity Grade

Premium Grade AW Hydraulic Oil (with anti-wear and anti-rust additives;


high shear stability)

Kinematic
6.4 cSt @ 100°C (47.5 SUS @ 210°F)
Viscosity
Alternative
Viscosity Index 155

Pour Point -50°C (-58°F)

ISO/ASTM
32
Viscosity Grade

i
Contact an NOV Service Center for additional instructions
if none of the recommended hydraulic fluids have the
correct properties for the ambient and operating
temperature ranges at your location.

8
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 9 of 20

Gear Oil
You should select gear oil based on the minimum ambient temperature expected before
the next oil change.

!
Using an oil with a viscosity greater than what is required
could reduce oil flow and damage the gearbox. Higher
viscosity oils may also damage the oil pump with excessive
load.

You should use an extreme pressure (EP) gear oil. EP gear oils are typically mineral oils
that contain sulfur-phosphorous additives. Most EP gear oils meet American Gear
Manufacturers Association (AGMA) extreme pressure performance requirements.

i
Check the gearbox oil level daily.

i
Change oil whenever it becomes contaminated. Oil
contamination depends on operating conditions and
temperature. Continuous operation at 180°F (82°C), or
above, will require more frequent oil changes.

Inspection
 Inspect the oil level and check for leaks every 250 operating hours.
 Examine oil for changes in its appearance and odor.

Change Interval
 The gear oil should be thoroughly drained after 500 operating hours or after the first
(1) month of operation, following the initial start-up or if returning the equipment to
service after prolonged storage.
 Under normal operating conditions, the gear oil should be changed every six (6)
months, and oil viscosity should be adjusted based on expected ambient conditions
for the next six (6) months.
 The gear oil should be drained when at normal operating temperatures. Refer to
table on page 9.

9
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 10 of 20

Gear Oil
Low-Temperature Operation
Equipment operating in cold areas must be provided with gear oil that circulates freely and
does not cause high torque at start-up. Lubrication viscosity must be low enough to allow
the oil to flow freely at start-up, but high enough to carry the load at operating temperature.

Gearbox Lubricants
The recommended gear oil grades for ambient and operating temperature ranges are
provided in the following table.

i
All temperatures are in degrees of Celsius. The Fahrenheit
temperature is the reference temperature.

Recommended Gear Oil for the Transmission Gearbox

Operating Temperature Range

Ambient Temperature Gear Oil Minimum


Operating Temperature Recommended Grade

10°C to 52°C
16°C (60°F) AGMA No. 7 EP, ISO/ASTM VG 460
(50°F to 125°F)

9°C to 16°C
4°C (25°F) AGMA No. 6 EP, ISO/ASTM VG 320
(15°F to 60°F)

-29°C to 4°C
-23°C (-10°F) AGMA No. 4 EP, ISO/ASTM VG 150
(-20°F to 25°F)

-46°C to -18°C
-40°F (-40°C) AGMA No. 4 EP, ISO/ASTM VG 100
(-50°F to 0°F)

i
Contact an NOV Service Center for additional instructions
if none of the recommended gear oils have the correct
properties for the ambient and operating temperature
ranges at your location.

10
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 11 of 20

Grease
General Lubrication
The recommended grease for general preventative maintenance is provide in the following
table.
General Lubricant Recommendation

Ambient Temperature Range  Ambient Temperature Range 


Above -20°C (above -4°F) Below -20°C (Below -4°F)

NLGI Grade Number 2 NGLI Grade Number 1

Lithium-based, general purpose, extreme- Lithium-based, general purpose, extreme-


pressure grease pressure grease

Conventional Washpipe Lubricating Greases


The recommended washpipe assembly grease for general preventative maintenance is
provide in the following table.
Washpipe Lubricant Recommendation

Moderate Operating Conditions Extreme Operating Conditions


(High Speed, Pressure, and Fluid Temp.)

NLGI Grade 2 NLGI Grade 3

Non soap-based moly grease Non soap-based moly grease

NOV Part Number – 7806084 NOV Part Number – 7806663

i
Contact an NOV Service Center for additional instructions
if none of the recommended greases have the correct
properties for the ambient and operating temperature
ranges at your location.

11
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 12 of 20

Grease
Motor Bearings Lubricating Greases
Some motors are equipped with greased bearings, which must be lubricated at
manufacturer-recommended intervals.
Generally, drilling motors and blower motors are vendor-supplied equipment. The motor
housing may have a nameplate attached to it that provides the recommended lubrication
product, amount to use, and lubrication intervals.
If there is no nameplate, refer to the vendor-supplied documentation in the Owner’s
Manual. If no vendor reference information is supplied, contact an NOV Service Center.
 Lubricate the drilling motor and blower motor bearings every six (6) months or as
specified by the original equipment manufacturer, refer to your User Manual or to the
vendor-supplied documentation in the Owner’s Manual.

!
Always use the recommended lubrication product specified
by the original equipment manufacturer.

IBOP/Kelly Valve Actuator Lubricating Greases


IBOPs and Kelly valve actuators may be vendor-supplied equipment. The actuator
assembly may have a nameplate that provides the recommended lubrication product,
amount to use, and lubrication intervals.
If there is no nameplate, refer to the vendor documentation in the Owner’s Manual.
If no vendor-supplied reference information is available, use grease with properties that
meet the NLGI Grade 1.5 specification.

!
Always use the recommended lubrication product specified
by the original equipment manufacturer.

12
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 13 of 20

Grease
External Pinion & Gear Set Lubricating
Greases
Lubricate all external pinion and gear sets, such as the following:
 Handling Ring Assembly
 Repositioner Assembly
 Crown Tooth Gear Coupling
Lubricate external pinion and gear sets weekly with a light coating to the entire pinion and
gear set.
The recommended external pinion and gear set grease for general preventative
maintenance is provide in the following tables.
Handling Ring Pinion & Gear Set Lubricant Recommendations

For all environment conditions:

Coat the gear teeth with an extreme pressure lubricant such as NOV "Copper Top", Jet Lube Inc.
"Kopr-Kote" compound, or equivalent.

Crown Tooth Gear Coupling Lubricant Recommendation

Moderate Operating Conditions Extreme Operating Conditions 


(High Speed, High Torque)

NLGI Grade Number 1 NGLI Grade Number 2

Lithium-based, general purpose, extreme- Lithium-based, general purpose, extreme-


pressure grease pressure grease

Repositioner Pinion and Gear Set Lubricant Recommendation

For all environment conditions:

Coat the gear teeth with an extreme pressure lubricant such as NOV "Copper Top", Jet Lube Inc.
"Kopr-Kote" compound, or equivalent.

13
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 14 of 20

Wire Rope Lubricant


Lubrication of wire rope at proper intervals will maintain the initial lubrication of the wire
rope equipment. You should use an unleaded extreme pressure lubricant specifically
designed for wire rope lubrication. Wire rope lubricants are typically mineral oils that
contain additives and inhibitors for non sheening, extreme pressure, corrosion, low
temperature flexibility, and low fling off adhesive attributes.

Inspection
Periodically inspect the wire rope and determine the condition of the strand and the
condition of the lubricant coating, and if there is question on either the strand or lubricant
coating the following procedures should be followed:
 When performing wire rope lubrication inspection, use appropriate tools, dry clean
rags, and wear protective hand and eye safety equipment when examining or
cleaning the rope. Never use detergents or solvents to clean rope; the use of
solvents can effect or diminish the rope’s lubricant.
 Visually inspect the entire length of wire rope for bare rope surface, lubricant build
up, lubrication appearance, and contamination. Refer to the applicable OEM
literature in the User Manual for lubrication and inspection schedules for wire rope
equipment.
 Visually and physically examine the entire length of wire rope and determine if its
acceptable for service or requires replacement before re-dressing with rope
lubricant. Refer to the applicable OEM literature in the User Manual for additional
information for wire rope equipment.

i
Always follow all federal, state and local rules, code and
rig-specific wire rope guidelines for inspection and
maintenance of wire rope equipment. Inspection and
lubrication recommendations provided in this supplement
do not take precedence over local rules and regulations,
OSHA regulation, or instructions issued by the
manufactures of wire rope.

14
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 15 of 20

Wire Rope Lubricant


Lubricating
lubricate wire rope equipment frequently. Lubricate whenever rope becomes contaminated
or shows a lack of lubrication. Lubricating depends on operating conditions, severe
conditions such as extreme loads or temperature, corrosive atmosphere, and so on may
require more frequent lubrication.
The following procedure provides basic field dressing for wire rope equipment:
 Clean wire rope before lubricating to ensure it is free of contamination, moisture,
and lubricant build up.
 Manually brush the rope uniformly as possible with new lubricant over the entire
length of wire rope.

i
The lubricant used must be compatible with the initial
lubricant applied by the wire rope manufacture.

Follow recommendations concerning the temperature of
the wire rope and atmosphere required when applying
lubricant.

The recommended wire rope lubricant for general
preventative wire rope maintenance is provide in the table
titled "Recommended Lubricant for Wire Rope" on page 1-
16. See OEM literature for additional maintenance
information or contact your NOV representative.

15
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids Revision 04
Page 16 of 20

Wire Rope Lubricant


Rope Lubricants
Recommended Lubricant for Wire Rope1

Ambient Temperature Range 


Above 6°C (Above 43°F)

Viscosity NGLI Grade Number 2

Color Blue

Texture Smooth/Creamy

Soap Type Lithium 12

Mineral Oil 50% Nominal

Oil Separation% (Fed 791-321.1 1.94%

Penetration: mm, (ASTM D217) 305

Viscosity, cST at 40 degrees Centigrade 320

Viscosity, cST at 100 degrees Centigrade 21-23

Dropping Point, C (F) 177 C (350 F)

Low Temperature Flexibility (Section 4.4.4, No


Pass
cracks @ 6 degrees C)

Rust Test, ASTM D-1743 Pass

Salt Fog Corrosion Resistance ASTM B117 1,000 hr. / Pass

Salt Spray, Fed, Standard 791, TM 4001 Pass

Accelerated Weathering (ASTM G 152, 153) Pass

Load Wear Index (ASTM D2596) 34.43

Adhesive% (Sec.4.6.6 150rpm @ 151 +/-2


99.7
leg/F)

Volatile Matter (2.0% Max.) 1.02

4-Weld, kg 250

4-Ball Wear Diameter, mm, max 0.65

LC50 Value (Over 25,000 PPM)

1. Coat the wire rope products with a lubricant designed for wire rope lubrication having the recom-
mended properties in the above table such as “Dynagard Blue”, or equivalent.

16
www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04 Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids
Page 17 of 20

Misting Oil
Air Lubricator Misting Oil
Use misting type oil, 29-35 cSt @ 38°C (136-165 SUS @ 100°F), ISO Viscosity 
Grade 32.

17
www.nov.com
18
Lubricants and Fluids Reference Chart
ASTM/ Kinematic Viscosity
Component Environment Lube Type ISO-VG/SAE NLGI AGMA Viscosity Index Pour Point

6.9 cSt @ 100°C


Hydraulic Oil1 Grade 46 --- --- 105 -30°C (-22°F)
(49 SUS @ 210°F)
-12°C to 52°C
(-10°F to 125°F) Hydraulic
6.9 cSt @ 100°C
Transmission Grade 46 --- --- 100 min. -37°C (-35°F)
(49 SUS @ 210°F)
Oil

6.4 cSt @ 100°C


Hydraulic Oil2 Grade 32 --- --- 155 -50°C (-58°F)
Hydraulic (47.5 SUS @ 210°F)
-30°C to 17°C)
System
-22°F to 63°F
7.5 cSt @ 100°C
AT Fluid Grade 10W --- --- 172 -48°C (-54°F)
(51 SUS @ 210°F)

3.72 cSt @ 100°C


Hydraulic Oil3 Grade 15 --- --- 140 -42°C (-44°F)
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids

(39 SUS @ 210°F)


-40°C to 0°C
(-40°F to 32°F)
5.5 cSt @ 100°C
Hydraulic Oil3 Grade 15 --- --- 377 -60°C (-76°F)
(44 SUS @ 210°F)

10°C to 52°C 30.3 cSt @ 100°C


Grade 460 --- #7 EP 95 -7°C (20°F)
(50°F to 125°F) (150 SUS @ 210°F)

-9°C to 16°C EP Gear Oil 24.0 cSt @ 100°C


Grade 320 --- #6 EP 95 -18°C (0°F)
(15°F to 60°F) (120 SUS @ 210°F)
Gearbox and
Swivel Bearing
-29°C to -4°C 14.5 cSt @ 100°C
Grade 150 --- #4 EP 95 -23°C (-10°F)
(-20°F to 25°F) 78.1 SUS @ 210°F

-46°C to -18°C Synthetic 14.4 cSt @ 100°C


Grade 100 --- --- 149 -46°C (-50°F)
(-50°F to 0°F) Gear Oil (77.1 SUS @ 210°F)

> -7°C (20°F) --- #2 --- --- --- ---


Repositioner
Bearing EP Grease4
< -7°C (20°F) --- #1 --- --- --- ---

1. Must be Premium Grade with Anti-Rust and Anti-Wear Additives.


2. Must be Premium Shear Stable High VI, anti-wear hydraulic oil.
3. Must be Supreme Grade High Shear stability, anti-wear hydraulic oil with anti-rust and anti-wear additives.
4. Lithium base, general-purpose, extreme pressure grease.

www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04
Page 18 of 20
Lubricants and Fluids Reference Chart
Revision 04

ASTM/
Page 19 of 20

www.nov.com
ISO-VG/ Kinematic Viscosity
Component Environment Lube Type SAE NLGI AGMA Viscosity Index Pour Point
D811000719-PRO-001

External Pinion
and Gear Sets,
and Elevator
All EP Grease1 --- #2 --- --- --- ---
and Main Links
contact
surfaces

Metalon 
IBOP/Kelly Hi-Tech 1.5
All --- #1.5 --- --- --- ---
Valve Actuator
Grease2

Drilling Motor
Bearings
All EP Grease3 #2 --- --- --- ---
Blower Motor
Bearings

29-35 cSt @ 38°C


Air Lubricators All Misting Oil Grade 32 --- --- 125 -12°C (10°F)
(136-165 SUS @ 100°F)

General > -4°C (20°F) --- #2 --- --- --- ---


Grease EP Grease4
Bearings < -4°C (20°F) --- #1 --- --- --- ---

Moderate
Primrose Plus
Operating --- #2 --- --- --- ---
Conventional # 327
Conditions
Washpipe
Packing
Extreme
Grease Primrose Plus
Operating --- #3 --- --- --- ---
# 327 C
Conditions
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids

1. For example: Jet-Lube KOPR-KOTE or NOV “Copper Top.”


2. Use the lubrication product specified by the original equipment manufacturer.
3. Polyurea-based grease or as specified by the motor manufacturer.
4. Lithium base, general-purpose, extreme pressure grease.

19
20
Lubricants and Fluids Reference Chart
ASTM/
ISO-VG/ Kinematic Viscosity
Component Environment Lube Type SAE NLGI AGMA Viscosity Index Pour Point

Wire Rope
Wire Rope > 6°C (43°F) --- #2 --- --- --- ---
Lubricant1
Lubricants and Hydraulic Fluids

1. Lithium 12 base, containing additives and inhibitors for non sheening, extreme pressure, corrosion, low temperature flexibility, strong adhesion, and low fling off.

www.nov.com
D811000719-PRO-001
Revision 04
Page 20 of 20
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.10
Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness

www.nov.com
Hydraulic
Fluid
Cleanliness

Supplement
SM00081 Rev. C
October 26, 2000

Copyright 2000, Varco International, Inc.

All rights reserved. This publication is the property of


and contains information proprietary to Varco
International, Inc. No part of this publication may be
reproduced or copied in any form or by any means,
including electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording, or otherwise, without the prior written
permission of Varco International, Inc.

Product names mentioned in this publication may be


trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
holders and are hereby acknowledged.

ii Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness SM00081-C


Contents
Supplement

Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness


Scope .................................................................................................................... 5
Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness ................................................................................. 6
Hydraulic fluid ............................................................................................... 6
Hydraulic Fluid Contamination ............................................................................ 7
Solid contamination ....................................................................................... 7
Classes of contamination ......................................................................... 7
Measuring the contamination of a system ............................................... 9
Taking samples .................................................................................. 9
Analyzing the samples .......................................................................... 10
Cleanliness during installation ........................................................................... 11
Service loops ................................................................................................ 11
Hydraulic pipe cleaning ............................................................................... 11
Reference documents: ........................................................................... 11
Pipe cleaning (carbon steel): ................................................................. 11
Pipe cleaning (stainless steel) ................................................................ 13

SM00081-C Contents iii


October 26, 2000

iv Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness SM00081-C


Supplement
Hydraulic Fluid
Cleanliness

Scope
The purpose of this document is to provide guidance to the installers and users of
Varco’s hydraulically powered equipment and to ensure that each piece of equipment
performs as intended. Prior to connecting Varco equipment to a hydraulic system, the
piping/plumbing/hoses/service loops must be cleaned and the hydraulic fluid filtered to
minimize hydraulic fluid contamination. The following paragraph defines the
hydraulic fluid cleanliness levels required for operating Varco equipment. Failure to
maintain these cleanliness levels could result in premature equipment damage and
nullification of the equipment warranty.

This document outlines fluid cleanliness measurement and analysis criteria and also
describes procedures for filtering and cleaning a hydraulic system.

Each final assembly item from Varco will be function tested with clean hydraulic fluid
maintained at ISO 4406 18/15 (was 9) or better (See Table 1). The hydraulic fluid
cleanliness levels will be recorded on Test Specification document (TS00419) for each
piece of equipment prior to shipment.

SM00081-C Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness 5


October 26, 2000

Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness

Hydraulic fluid
Varco recommends hydraulic fluid levels be maintained at a cleanliness level of ISO
4406 18/15 (was 9) or better prior to the initial connection, startup, and commissioning
of Varco equipment. After initial system operation, Varco recommends that the
hydraulic supply system be capable of continuously maintaining this level of
cleanliness or better to assure that fluid contamination is not a factor in any component
failure during the desired useful life of the hydraulic powered equipment. The final
level of acceptable cleanliness prior to equipment hook up must be determined by a
hydraulic fluid sample and should be analyzed by a qualified laboratory.

6 Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness SM00081-C


Hydraulic Fluid Contamination

Hydraulic Fluid Contamination

Solid contamination
When determining contamination of hydraulic fluids, you must consider the size and
quantity of the solid particle contamination within a representative fluid sample. The
contamination of hydraulic fluids by solid particles is covered by a number of different
classification systems:

❏ ISO DIS 4406


❏ MIL STD 1246 A
❏ NAS 1638
❏ SAE 749 D
❏ CETOP RP 70 H

CLASSES OF CONTAMINATION
The various classes of contamination define the quantity of particles of a certain size in
a 100 ml sample of fluid.

A classification is determined by counting and sizing the contaminating solid particles.


The classification is performed either under a microscope, or by using an electronic
particle counter. The electronic counter method is more objective than using the
microscope.

Above a dirt concentration of about 20 mg per liter, or if the fluid is very turbid, the
contamination can only be ascertained by weight, i.e., by gravimetric analysis.
However, with this method, the individual dirt particles cannot be classified.

SM00081-C Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness 7


October 26, 2000

ISO DIS Particles ACFTD Mil STD NAS 1638 SAE 749 D
4406 per ml solids 1246 A (1967) (1963)
or >10 µm content (1967)
Cetop RP mg/L
70 H
26/23 140000 1000
25/23 85000 1000
23/20 14000 100 700
21/18 4500 12
20/18 2400 500
20/17 2300 11
20/16 1400 10
19/16 1200 10
18/15 580 9 6
17/14 280 300 8 5
16/13 140 1 7 4
15/12 70 6 3
Acceptable range for Varco equipment

Acceptable range for Varco equipment


14/12 40 200
14/11 35 5 2
13/10 14 0.1 4 1
12/9 9 3 0
18/8 5 2
10/8 3 100
10/7 2.3 1
10/6 1.4 0.01
9/6 1.2 0
8/5 0.6 00
7/5 0.3 50
6/3 0.14 0.001
5/2 0.04

Figure 1. Comparison of contamination classifications

8 Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness SM00081-C


Comparison of contamination classifications

MEASURING THE CONTAMINATION OF A SYSTEM


Solid particle contamination is measured by taking a sample of fluid from the output of
the hydraulic supply system at a location just prior to the Varco equipment and
analyzing it.

The analysis can reveal the following:

❏ Solid particle contamination of fluid delivered by suppliers


❏ Effectiveness of the system filters
❏ Flushing time when commissioning a system
❏ State of the system and any possible damage to components when making regular
checks

Taking samples

Take a sample from a moving fluid (known as dynamic sampling)

Sampling point: Take the sample within a system that is operating and which contains
turbulent flow. (See ISO 4021.)

Since obtaining a fluid sample can be an input for contamination the following general
measures should be utilized when taking a fluid sample.

❏ Utilize continuous flow monitoring equipment that records a cleanliness level over
a period of time whenever possible.
❏ Take a sample of the circulating fluid of a system that is at operating conditions and
temperature. All fluid samples shall be taken from a system test-port fitting using
a on/off flow sampling device. Never loosen or break a hydraulic fitting to establish
a leak point as a fluid source for fluid contamination sampling.
❏ Before attaching the sampling device, carefully flush out the device and clean the
system test-port fitting.
❏ Open sampling device and allow approximately 2 liters of fluid to flow through the
test port prior to sampling the fluid.
❏ Without shutting the test port, open and fill the sterile sampling bottle by holding
it in the continuous fluid stream. Cap and seal the test bottle.
❏ Label and date the sample bottle to identify the tool and sample hydraulic circuit
location.

e Only properly trained personnel should be allowed to take the fluid samples. Errors in
sampling procedures can greatly affect contamination classes below ISO 18/IS.

SM00081-C Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness 9


October 26, 2000

ANALYZING THE SAMPLES


Analyzing the fluid samples involves using a microscope to make a quick estimate of
the amount of solid particle contamination. From this assessment, you can roughly
assess the state of the system.

To avoid errors in sampling, conduct particle counting off site. Do not allow rig
personnel to attempt to check the samples at the time of sampling. Send the samples to
an appropriate institute for testing.

Usually, samples are analyzed by means of an electronic particle counter. These


particle counters are employed by major users of hydraulics, manufacturers of
hydraulic filters, and by various institutions. Since testing by an outside source may not
be easily accessible from a rig, you can make a quick assessment of the fluid samples
on the spot by using the assessment test charts in this document.

z Mobile laboratory services can also perform the measurements for customers.

10 Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness SM00081-C


Cleanliness during installation

Cleanliness during installation

Service loops
Varco service loops are blown clean in the factory and capped prior to shipment. They
are not flushed. All service loops and hoses should be flushed as part of the overall
hydraulic system prior to connecting Varco equipment.

Hydraulic pipe cleaning


z Clean hydraulic piping is critical to the cleanliness of the overall hydraulic system. The
following processes are examples of pickling, cleaning, and flushing procedures for
cleaning carbon steel and stainless steel pipes prior to hydraulic system installation and
are provided for information and reference only. Varco is typically not responsible for
any part of the pickling, cleaning, or flushing process of derrick and rig floor piping.

The process for cleaning and preparing hydraulic pipes is dependent on the type of pipe
(carbon or stainless), the condition of the pipe (pickled or not pickled), the types and
levels of contamination, the types and temperatures of the pickling and flushing
solutions in use, and the type of flushing equipment.

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS:
❏ ASTM Standard 5.02 D-4174, standard practice for cleaning, flushing, and
purification of petroleum fluid hydraulic system.

PIPE CLEANING (CARBON STEEL):


Obtain the following chemicals:

Hydrochloric acid - 35% commercial grade

Alkaline cleaner, KD-500

Potable water - Unless otherwise specified

Passivator - iron phosphate, KO-30

Inhibitor - Rodine 214 for HCL

SM00081-C Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness 11


October 26, 2000

Degrease

Spray, immerse, or circulate with alkaline cleaner. Degreasing time for pipe depends
on the nature of any contaminants present. Pipes and fittings with heavy rust, varnish
or other tough soils should be sandblasted prior to pickling.

Rinse

Rinse carbon steel pipe with potable water until all alkaline cleaner is removed.

Acid pickle

Immerse or spray the pipe with a 10-15% inhibited hydrochloric acid solution at
ambient temperature (for at least one hour) until all scale, slag, rust, etc. Is removed.
Rinse with potable water until all alkaline cleaner is removed.

Rinse

Rinse the pipe with potable water until the water reaches a neutral PH (7.0).

Flush

Begin flushing the piping with the hydraulic power unit until the desired state of
cleanliness is met.

12 Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness SM00081-C


Cleanliness during installation

PIPE CLEANING (STAINLESS STEEL)


Use the following recommended procedure for cleaning stainless steel pipe:

Obtain the following chemicals:

Nitric acid - 42% technical grade

Hydrofluoric acid - 35% technical grade

Alkaline cleaner, KD-500

Potable water - unless otherwise specified

Degrease

Spray, immerse, or circulate with alkaline cleaner. Degreasing time for pipe depends
on the nature of any contaminants present.

Rinse

Rinse pipe with portable water until all alkaline cleaner is removed.

Acid pickle

Immerse or spray the pipe with a 15-17% nitric acid/3-5% hydrofluoric acid mixture at
ambient temperature (for at least two hours) until all scale, slag, rust, etc. is removed.

Rinse

Rinse the pipe with potable water until the water reaches a neutral PH.

Passivate

Use a 10 - 15% nitric acid/75-80% potable water mixture at ambient temperature for
approximately one-half the time used in acid pickling.

Rinse

Rinse with potable water until the PH of the effluent equals the pH of the influent.

Dry

Dry with oil-free air until all visible traces of moisture are removed.

Final inspection

Use a white light to inspect all pipe and/or fittings for visible contamination. Prior to
hooking up equipment pump clean hydraulic fluid through the plumbing and measure
the contamination of the system per this specification. Additional flushing and cleaning
may be required if contamination levels do not meet the requirements of this
specification.

SM00081-C Hydraulic Fluid Cleanliness 13


FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.11
Technical Drawing Package

www.nov.com
Technical Drawing Package

FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump


With Dual Rear Mounted Belt Drive

NOV – Galena Park


Ideal Rig, Pump #1

RIG/PLANT
REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
10541942-ASM Top Assembly
ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS
This document contains proprietary and confidential information
REMARKS which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or
subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is
loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. National Oilwell Varco
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or
distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the RIG SOLUTIONS
CLIENT PO NUMBER express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to 11000 Corporate Centre Drive
NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was Houston, TX 77041
loaned. This document and the information contained and
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
© National Oilwell Varco

Client Document Number DOCUMENT NUMBER REV

D811002377-DOS-001 01

www.nov.com

D811000461-GEN-001/04
Document number D811002377-DOS-001
Revision 01
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

01 02/04/2012 First Issue TMH GDH GDH


Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


01 First issue

www.nov.com

D811000461-GEN-001/04
Document number D811002377-DOS-001
Revision 01
Page 3

TECHNICAL DRAWING PACKAGE


This document provides a list of drawings for the FD-1600 Pump Drive. The actual drawings are
arranged in the binder by assembly order.

Drawings by Assembly

FD-1600 Pump Drive


FD-1600 Pump Drive Complete, Part No. 10541942-001 (Sht. 1 of 3) ........... 10541942-ASM-DOS
FD-1600 Pump Complete, Part No. 10541942-002 (Sht. 2 of 3) .............. 10541942-ASM-DOS
Ship Loose Kit, Part No. 10541942-003 (Sht. 3 of 3) ......................... 10541942-ASM-DOS
General Pump Assembly .................................................................................... 6316-1000-03-DOS
Fluid End Assembly ............................................................................................ 6316-1002-01-DOS
Discharge Accessory Manifold Assembly .......................................................... 6317-0125-10-DOS
Power End Complete .......................................................................................... 6316-1001-03-DOS
Pinion Shaft Assembly (Double Helix) ................................................................ 6316-0098-20-DOS
Cast Crankshaft Assembly ................................................................................. 6316-1001-02-DOS
Crosshead Assembly .......................................................................................... 6316-0183-00-DOS
Inspection Door Assembly .................................................................................. 7510-0202-00-DOS
Internal Lubrication System (Sht. 1 of 2) ............................................................ 6316-0227-10-DOS
Internal Lubrication System (Sht. 2 of 2)...................................................... 6316-0227-10-DOS
Liner Spray System ............................................................................................ 6316-0275-09-DOS
Stroke Counter Installation ................................................................................. 6911-2730-80-DOS
SD-8 Suction Desurger Assembly ...................................................................... 6922-0062-00-DOS
Service Crane for Fluid End Expendables ......................................................... 6316-0020-20-DOS
HP Mud Line Spool Complete .................................................................................. 10629614-DOS
HP Mud Line Spool Complete ...................................................................... M291262316-DOS-001
Dual Rear Mounted Belt Drive Assembly ............................................. M296911-3247-10-DOS-001
Tool List for Mud Pump ...................................................................................... 6316-0250-02-DOS
FD-1600 Pump Drive General Arrangement ............................................... D29X12-3908-DOS-001

www.nov.com

D811000461-GEN-001/04
DISCHARGE ACCESSORY
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

6317-0125-10-DOS B
-DOS
-DOS
1 of 1
-DOS
INSPECTION DOOR ASSEMBLY
PUMPS AND DRAWWORKS
1 1
7510-0202-00-DOS J
-DOS
FLUID END EXPENDABLE
SERVICING CRANE
1
6316-0020-20-DOS C
OS
OS
Document number: 6316-0250-02-DOS
Revision: A

TOOL LIST
FOR F-1600 SERIES TRIPLEX MUD PUMPS

REQ’D PART NO. DESCRIPTION


— 6316-0250-02 TOOL LIST FOR F-1600 SERIES PUMPS
(CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING)
1 7602-3010-59 SNAP ON SOCKET
(FOR MAIN BEARING HOUSING BOLTS)
1 6397-0691-00 BAR, VALVE COVER
1 7602-3010-09 SOCKET (FOR 1-1/2” HVY. HEX NUTS)
(CYLINDER THRD. RING & BLOCK TO FRAME)
1 7602-3010-22 SOCKET (FOR 1-1/4” HVY. HEX NUTS)
(DISCHARGE MANIFOLD)
1 7602-3010-05 BAR, SLIDING
1 7602-3010-48 PLUG, SLIDING
1 7602-3010-07 8” EXTENSION
1 6316-0277-00 WRENCH, CYLINDER HEAD
1 7602-3010-63 ADAPTER
1 7602-3010-61 SOCKET (FOR 1” STD. HEX NUT)
(LINER THREAD RING)
1 7602-3010-65 WRENCH, 12 POINT BOX
(FOR VALVE GUIDE LOCK BOLT)
1 6316-0392-00 EXTENSION, WRENCH
(FOR PART NO. 7602-3010-65)

www.nov.com
Technical Drawing Package

FD-1600 Triplex Mud Pump


With Dual Rear Mounted Belt Drive

NOV – Galena Park


Ideal Rig, Pump #2

RIG/PLANT
REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
10541943-ASM Top Assembly
ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS
This document contains proprietary and confidential information
REMARKS which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or
subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is
loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. National Oilwell Varco
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or
distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the RIG SOLUTIONS
CLIENT PO NUMBER express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to 11000 Corporate Centre Drive
NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was Houston, TX 77041
loaned. This document and the information contained and
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
© National Oilwell Varco

Client Document Number DOCUMENT NUMBER REV

D811002378-DOS-001 01

www.nov.com

D811000461-GEN-001/04
Document number D811002378-DOS-001
Revision 01
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

01 02/04/2012 First Issue TMH GDH GDH


Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


01 First issue

www.nov.com

D811000461-GEN-001/04
Document number D811002378-DOS-001
Revision 01
Page 3

TECHNICAL DRAWING PACKAGE


This document provides a list of drawings for the FD-1600 Pump Drive. The actual drawings are
arranged in the binder by assembly order.

Drawings by Assembly

FD-1600 Pump Drive


FD-1600 Pump Drive Complete, Part No. 10541943-001 (Sht. 1 of 3) ........... 10541943-ASM-DOS
FD-1600 Pump Complete, Part No. 10541943-002 (Sht. 2 of 3) .............. 10541943-ASM-DOS
Ship Loose Kit, Part No. 10541943-003 (Sht. 3 of 3) ......................... 10541943-ASM-DOS
General Pump Assembly .................................................................................... 6316-1000-03-DOS
Fluid End Assembly ............................................................................................ 6316-1002-01-DOS
Discharge Accessory Manifold Assembly .......................................................... 6317-0125-10-DOS
Power End Complete .......................................................................................... 6316-1001-03-DOS
Pinion Shaft Assembly (Double Helix) ................................................................ 6316-0098-20-DOS
Cast Crankshaft Assembly ................................................................................. 6316-1001-02-DOS
Crosshead Assembly .......................................................................................... 6316-0183-00-DOS
Inspection Door Assembly .................................................................................. 7510-0202-00-DOS
Internal Lubrication System (Sht. 1 of 2) ............................................................ 6316-0227-10-DOS
Internal Lubrication System (Sht. 2 of 2)...................................................... 6316-0227-10-DOS
Liner Spray System ............................................................................................ 6316-0275-09-DOS
Stroke Counter Installation ................................................................................. 6911-2730-80-DOS
SD-8 Suction Desurger Assembly ...................................................................... 6922-0062-00-DOS
Service Crane for Fluid End Expendables ......................................................... 6316-0020-20-DOS
HP Mud Line Spool Complete .................................................................................. 10629614-DOS
HP Mud Line Spool Complete ...................................................................... M291262317-DOS-001
Dual Rear Mounted Belt Drive Assembly ............................................. M296911-3247-10-DOS-001
Tool List for Mud Pump ...................................................................................... 6316-0250-02-DOS
FD-1600 Pump Drive General Arrangement ............................................... D29X12-3909-DOS-001

www.nov.com

D811000461-GEN-001/04
DISCHARGE ACCESSORY
MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY

6317-0125-10-DOS B
-DOS
-DOS
1 of 1
-DOS
INSPECTION DOOR ASSEMBLY
PUMPS AND DRAWWORKS
1 1
7510-0202-00-DOS J
-DOS
FLUID END EXPENDABLE
SERVICING CRANE
1
6316-0020-20-DOS C
OS
HP MUD LINE SPOOL ASSY.
520
IDEAL RIG, FD-1600 PUMP

M291262317-DOS-001 03
Document number: 6316-0250-02-DOS
Revision: A

TOOL LIST
FOR F-1600 SERIES TRIPLEX MUD PUMPS

REQ’D PART NO. DESCRIPTION


— 6316-0250-02 TOOL LIST FOR F-1600 SERIES PUMPS
(CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING)
1 7602-3010-59 SNAP ON SOCKET
(FOR MAIN BEARING HOUSING BOLTS)
1 6397-0691-00 BAR, VALVE COVER
1 7602-3010-09 SOCKET (FOR 1-1/2” HVY. HEX NUTS)
(CYLINDER THRD. RING & BLOCK TO FRAME)
1 7602-3010-22 SOCKET (FOR 1-1/4” HVY. HEX NUTS)
(DISCHARGE MANIFOLD)
1 7602-3010-05 BAR, SLIDING
1 7602-3010-48 PLUG, SLIDING
1 7602-3010-07 8” EXTENSION
1 6316-0277-00 WRENCH, CYLINDER HEAD
1 7602-3010-63 ADAPTER
1 7602-3010-61 SOCKET (FOR 1” STD. HEX NUT)
(LINER THREAD RING)
1 7602-3010-65 WRENCH, 12 POINT BOX
(FOR VALVE GUIDE LOCK BOLT)
1 6316-0392-00 EXTENSION, WRENCH
(FOR PART NO. 7602-3010-65)

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.12
Recommended Spare Parts

www.nov.com
Recommended Spare Parts

FD-1600

RIG/PLANT
REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

ADDITIONAL CODE SDRL CODE TOTAL PGS


This document contains proprietary and confidential information
which is the property of National Oilwell Varco, L.P., its affiliates or
REMARKS subsidiaries (all collectively referred to hereinafter as "NOV"). It is
loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. National Oilwell Varco
MAIN TAG NUMBER DISCIPLINE Reproduction, in whole or in part, or use of this design or
distribution of this information to others is not permitted without the RIG SOLUTIONS
express written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to 12950 West Little York
CLIENT PO NUMBER NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which it was Houston, TX 77041
loaned. This document and the information contained and
represented herein is the copyrighted property of NOV.
CLIENT DOCUMENT NUMBER
© National Oilwell Varco

Client Document Number DOCUMENT NUMBER REV

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001 01

www.nov.com

D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 2

REVISION HISTORY

01 14.05.2008 First Issue BTS RLP GDH


Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

CHANGE DESCRIPTION

Revision Change Description


01 First issue

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 3

1 SPARE PARTS LIST


This document provides a list of recommended spares. The list is presented by assemblies, and the
recommended spare pages are arranged in numerical order.

2 DEFINITIONS
This section provides definitions for accessibility of spare parts and recommendations of spare parts.

2.1 Spare Parts Accessibility

Spares Definition
Category
Area 1 Equipment operating within easy access to a National Oilwell Varco store or customer’s own
regional warehouse and expendable parts anticipated for operation of one year.
Area 2 Equipment operating in remote areas.

Group I Spares for one unit per year.

Group II Spares to support up to two units operating in the area per year.

2.2 Recommendations

Operations Recommendations
Equipment in 1 Lot of Spares for each unit.
accessible
Area 1
Equipment in 1 Lot of Group I Spares for each unit per year,
accessible OR
Area 2
1 Lot of Group II Spares for approximately each 2 units
2-3 years Multiply Class A spares by 2.
operations

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 4

This page intentionally left blank.

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 5

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS


This document provides a list of recommended spare parts for the FD-1600 mud pump. The parts
are grouped to the sub-assemblies in which they are used.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Accessibility Area
Area
Part No. Description Area 2
1
Group Group
I 2
Power End Complete
Parts Drawing 6316-1001-03
0-6316-0028-00 Extension, Crosshead 1 3 3
0-6316-0047-00 Gasket, Crosshead Door 6 6
0-6397-0546-00 Spring, Diaphragm S.B. Lock 3 3
0-7501-1269-00 1”-8 X 2 ½” Soc Hd C.S. 12 12
0-7502-0103-00 Gasket, Inspection Door 1 2 8
0-7602-1610-22 O-Ring (Dia. Stf. Box) 3 9
0-7602-1600-39 O-Ring (Dia. Stf. Box) 9 27
0-7602-2131-47 Seal, Single Lip Oil 3 18 54
0-7602-2132-76 Seal, Double Lip Oil 3 18 54
0-7602-0212-67 Bearing, F-1600 Pinion 2 4
0-7502-0840-00 Gasket, Carrier 2 8
0-7502-0841-00 Gasket, Carrier 2 8
0-7602-2131-18 Seal, Oil 1 2 6
0-7602-0212-68 Bearing, F-1600 Eccentric 3 6
0-7602-0201-37 Bearing, F-1600 Main 2 4
0-6316-0127-00 Gasket, Plate 1 4
0-7602-1610-22 O-Ring (Crosshead) 3 9
0-6316-0081-00 Gasket, Plate 3 12
0-6301-0038-00 Bearing, Crosshead F-1600 3 6
7817600438 O-Ring (Rubber) 3 9
0-6397-0548-00 Spring, Stuffing Box 3 9
0-6397-0546-00 Spring, Lock 3 9
0-7602-1070-03 Filter, Oil 1 2
0-7502-0581-00 Gasket, Cover 4 16
0-7602-1071-13 Element, Filter 1 1 2
0-7602-5940-00 Gasket, Strip 19 ft. 76 ft.
0-6316-0049-00 Gasket, Cover F-1600 Main Bearing 2 8

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 6

7815926 Pump, 2S B&S Oil 1 2

Fluid End Complete


Parts Drawing 6316-1002-01
0-6316-0039-90 Cover, Valve Pot 1 3
0-6316-0092-00 Seal, Valve Pot Cover 3 24 72
0-6316-0093-00 Disc, Baffle 3 9
0-6316-0096-00 Bushing, Lower Valve Guide 9 27
0-6316-0107-11 Clamp, Piston Rod 1 3 9
0-6316-0164-00 Cover, Liner End 3 9
0-6316-0354-00 Guide, Lower Valve w/ Bushing 3 6
1551703 Rod, Piston 1 6 12
0-6316-0360-00 Bolt, Lock (Valve Guide) 3 6 12
0-6316-0362-90 Head, Cylinder 1 3
0-6316-0363-00 Ring, Alignment 1 3
0-6316-0364-90 Plug, Cylinder Head 1 3
0-6316-0365-00 Plate, Wear 3 9
0-6316-0366-00 Ring, Liner Lock Thread 1 3
0-6316-0367-20 Lock, Liner 1 3
0-6316-0369-00 Seal, Cylinder Head 6 48 144
0-6316-0373-00 Seal, Liner & Wear Plate 6 72 216
0-6397-0293-01 Strainer 3 9
0-6397-0575-00 Guide, Upper Valve 12 36
0-6397-0603-00 Retainer, Upper Valve Guide 6 18
0-7501-0051-00 Screw, Valve Guide Retainer 24 72
0-7503-0230-49 Assembly, ½” Hose 3 9 27
0-7601-2588-50 Nipple, Pipe 3 9
0-7602-1600-25 O-Ring (Disc Manifold) 3 6 12
0-7602-1600-40 O-Ring (Strainer Cap) 3 9 27
0-7602-1600-44 O-Ring (Liner Lock) 3 6 18
0-7602-1600-52 O-Ring (Suction Flange) 6 18
0-7602-1600-61 O-Ring (Suction Manifold) 6 18
6908033 Seal, R-39 Ring Joint 1 3 9
6908040 Seal, R-44 Ring Joint 1 3 9

Fluid End Expendables


05499400 Liner, Mission 4” 6 24 96

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 7

012180170 Piston, Mission 4” 6 24 96


05499450 Liner, Mission 4 ½” 6 24 96
012180196 Piston, Mission 4 ½” 6 24 96
05499500* Liner, Mission 5” 6 24 96
012180253 Piston, Mission 5” 6 24 96
05499550* Liner, Mission 5 ½” 6 24 96
012180337 Piston, Mission 5 ½” 6 24 96
05499600* Liner, Mission 6” 6 24 96
012180394 Piston, Mission 6” 6 24 96
05499650* Liner, Mission 6 ½” 6 24 96
012180535 Piston, Mission 6 ½” 6 24 96
05499700* Liner, Mission 7” 6 24 96
012180618 Piston, Mission 7” 6 24 96
* For HP style liner, add HP to end of part no.
07211001 Gasket, Liner (all sizes) 6 24 96
060155041 Valve, Mission 6 24 96
061101507 Seat, Mission Valve 6 24 96
055413397 Spring, Mission Valve 6 24 96
015180102 Rubbers, Pair 4” 6 18 72
015180144 Rubbers, Pair 4 ½” 6 18 72
015180185 Rubbers, Pair 5” 6 18 72
015180227 Rubbers, Pair 5 ½” 6 18 72
015180268 Rubbers, Pair 6” 6 18 72
015180300 Rubbers, Pair 6 ½” 6 18 72
015180342 Rubbers, Pair 7” 6 18 72
6308241 Nut, Piston 3 16 64

Fluid End Tools


0-7601-0110-54 Chaser, 1-1/4”-8 Tap & Die Thread 1
0-7601-0110-55 Chaser, 1-1/2”-8 Tap & Die Thread 1
H-67376-L Tap, 1-1/4”-12-2B Special Taper 1
0-7110-0115-00 Tap, 1-1/2”-12-2B Special Taper 1
Puller, Hydraulic Seat w/ Puller Head to fit API #7
0-7602-1800-15 seats (Specify Manufacturer of Seats) 1*
0-7602-1810-26 Pump, Hand Air 1*
0-7602-1810-27 Gauge, Tire Pressure 5-50 PSI 1*
These items should be available for
* commissioning

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 8

Power End Tools


Wrench, ¾” Square Drive Torque (600 ft.-lb.
0-7602-3010-74 capacity) 1
Machine, HY-25 SL 2-1/2” Square Drive
0-7602-3010-67 Hydraulic Torque 1
0-7602-3010-68 Pump, Air/Hydraulic 10,000 PSI Capacity 1
0-7602-3010-58 Socket, 3-5/8” Impact w/ 2-1/2” Square Drive 1

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
Document number D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001
Revision 01
Page 9

This page intentionally left blank.

www.nov.com
D290-6316-1003-01-SPL-001/01
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 1.13
Service Center Directory

www.nov.com
National Oilwell Varco
Service Center Directory

Reference Reference Description

This document contains proprietary and confidential


information which is the property of National Oilwell Varco,
L.P., its affiliates or subsidiaries (all collectively referred to
hereinafter as "NOV"). It is loaned for limited purposes only National Oilwell Varco
and remains the property of NOV. Reproduction, in whole
or in part, or use of this design or distribution of this RIG SOLUTIONS
information to others is not permitted without the express 11000 Corporate Centre Drive
written consent of NOV. This document is to be returned to Houston, TX 77041
NOV upon request or upon completion of the use for which
it was loaned. This document and the information
contained and represented herein is the copyrighted
property of NOV.
© National Oilwell Varco
Document Number Rev.

D811001337-DAS-001 04

www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04

Revision History

04 12.11.2011 Operations update T. Drake S. Sobreira T. Harmon

03 18.01.2011 Operations update T. Drake T. Harmon T. Harmon

02 02.10.2009 Operations update T. Drake T. Harmon P. Williams

01 08.09.2009 First Issue T. Drake T. Harmon P. Williams

Rev Date (dd.mm.yyyy) Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved

Change Description

Revision Change Description

01 First Issue

• Moved Cairo office under North Africa heading.


02
• Changed address information for India office.

• Removed outdated Louisiana contact information.


03
• Added the new Louisiana service and repair center contact information.

• Updated/added Brazil, Canada, Colombia, UK contact information (page 2-3 through page 2-8).
• Added North Dakota contact information (page 2-4).
04 • Updated the contact information for the China office (page 2-6).
• Added addresses and contact information for Singapore and India (page 2-6).
• Updated contact information for NOV Dubai and NOV Abu Dhabi. (page 2-8).

www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04

Service Center Directory SC

The link below provides after-hours contact information for emergencies or other equipment issues
requiring an immediate response by NOV service personnel.
http://www.nov.com/ContactUs/24HrEmergencyContacts.aspx

Americas
Brazil
National Oilwell Varco do Brasil
Rodovia Amaral Peixoto, s/n KM164,5 - n° 8.500
Imboassica – Macaé – RJ – Brazil
CEP 27925-290
+55 22 2773 0600 (reception)
+55 22 9882 7591 (after hours)
+55 22 9702 8866 (drilling equipment)
+55 22 9974 7056 (PCE / MoComp equipment)
+55 22 9894 6608 (lifting and handling equipment)
+55 22 2773 0635 (repair shop)
+55 22 2773 0675 (inside sales)
+55 22 2123 2452 (tech college)

Canada
NOV Rig Solutions Aftermarket Service, Repair and Rentals (Leduc)
Varco Canada ULC CO 009
6621 – 45 Street
Leduc, Alberta, Canada
T9E 7E3
+1 780 986 1712 (main)
NOV Rig Solutions Spares (Edmonton)
Varco Canada ULC CO 009
7127 – 56 Ave
Edmonton, Alberta, Canada
T6B 3L2
+1 780 801 1800 (main)
+1 780 619 5579 (24 hour on-call)

Colombia
National Oilwell Varco de Colombia
Bogota, DC
Top Drive Rental and Service
+57 316 875 8748 (mobile)
+57 317 515 3321 (mobile)

3
www.nov.com
Form D811001123-GEN-001/06
D811001337-DAS-001
SC Service Center Directory Revision 04
Page 4 of 10

Americas
USA
Colorado
NOV Service and Repair (Colorado)
420 South Ash St.
Fruita, CO 81521
+1 970 858 4522
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Louisiana
NOV Service and Repair (Covington)
73765 Penn Mill Rd.
Covington, LA 70435
+1 985 892 8216 (direct)
+1 800 722 4425 (toll free)
(Cranes: AmClyde, Unit, OS National, Dreco, Kingpost)
+1 985 871 8609 (service)
+1 985 871 8603 (parts
NOV Service and Repair Center (New Iberia)
5212 Highway 90 Service Road West
New Iberia, Louisiana 70560
(All NOV spare parts; legacy Shaffer, Varco, and NOI equipment)
+1 337 374 1400

Minnesota
NOV Service (St. Paul)
240 East Plato Blvd.
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107
(lifting and handling equipment)
+1 651 293 4745 (service)
+1 651 293 4776 (service)
+1 651 293 4600 (parts)
+1 651 293 4603 (parts)

North Dakota
NOV Service, Repair, and Spare Parts
3201 1st Avenue W.
Williston, ND 58801
+1 307 473 8888
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Oklahoma
NOV Service and Repair (Oklahoma City)
7713 North West 3rd St.
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73127
+1 405 495 1000
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

4
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 5 of 10
Service Center Directory SC

Americas
USA
Pennsylvania
NOV Service (Pittsburgh)
1349 Saw Mill Run Blvd.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15226
+1 412 884 1027
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Texas
NOV Service and Repair (Alice)
2351 Energy Avenue
Alice, Texas 78380
+1 361 668 4154
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)
NOV Service and Repair (Houston)
5100 North Sam Houston Parkway West
Houston, Texas 77086
+1 281 569 3050 (24/7 technical support)
+1 281 569 3051 (eHawk remote support)

Wyoming
NOV Service and Repair (Casper)
1080 North Robertson Road
Casper, Wyoming 82601
+1 307 473 8888
+1 281 569 3050 (after hours)

Venezuela
NOV Rental and Service (Maturin, Monagas)
Varco International de Venezuela
Top Drive Rental and Service
+58 291 651 6489
+58 414 394 2784 (mobile)
+58 291 651 4384 (fax)

5
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
SC Service Center Directory Revision 04
Page 6 of 10

Asia
China
NOV Service
18th Floor, Raffles City Beijing Office Tower
No. 1, Dongzhimen South Street, Dongcheng District
Beijing 100007 P. R. China
+86 139 0121 9392
+86 800 810 5109 (24/7 technical support)

India
NOV Service and Repair
R-619, TTC Industrial Area
Rabale, MIDC
Navi Mumbai – 400 701
Maharashtra, India
+91 22 3916 9700
+91 982 009 1322
+91 983 349 6154 (after hours)
NOV Machining Centre (Pressure Control)
11A/2 (NP) Sidco Industrial Estate
Ambattur
Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India 600098
+91 44 4285 8074
+91 95 0008 4149 (after hours)

Singapore
NOV Service and Repair
29 Tuas Bay Drive
Singapore 637429
+65 6594 1000
+65 6594 1222 (24/7 technical support)
NOV Machining Centre (Pressure Control)
22 Jalan Terusan
Singapore 619299
+65 6265 1900
+65 9128 2545 (after hours)

6
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 7 of 10
Service Center Directory SC

Europe
France
NOV Service
+33 24 068 3600
+33 24 068 3611
+33 24 068 3600 (after hours)
+33 677 790 943 (after hours)

Norway
NOV Service (Asker)
Blakstadmarka 26
1386 Asker – Norway
+47 6400 5000
+47 6400 5001 (after hours)
NOV Service (Kristiansand)
Skibaasen 2
4636 Kristiansand – Norway
+47 3819 2000
+47 3819 2482 (after hours)
NOV Service (Molde)
Granfjaera 24
6415 Molde – Norway
+47 7120 2020
+47 9169 9664 (after hours)
NOV Repair (Stavanger)
Dusavik Base
Notberget 46
4029 Stavanger – Norway
+47 5781 8181
NOV Service (Stavanger)
Lagerveien 8
4069 Stavanger – Norway
+47 5181 8181
+47 4140 0041 (after hours)
+47 9511 8181 (24/7 eHawk remote support)

Russia
NOV Service and Support
Russia, 119071, Moscow
Leninsky prosp., 15A, 7th floor
+7 495 287 2601 (direct)
+7 495 981 3470 (fax)
+7 985 410 5272 (mobile)

7
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
SC Service Center Directory Revision 04
Page 8 of 10

Europe
UK
NOV Service and Repair (Aberdeen/Montrose)
Forties Road
Montrose
Scotland
DD10 9ET
+44 1674 677222
UK after hours, on-call contacts
+44 (0) 7711 415 485 (mechanical)
+44 (0) 7711 415 484 (electrical)
+44 (0) 7739 170 079 (repair workshop)
+44 (0) 7713 643 012 (spare parts)
+44 (0) 7770 325 333 (distribution)
+44 (0) 7801 078 092 (IMO/MD Totco)

Middle East
UAE
NOV Service and Repair (Abu Dhabi)
Varco Al Mansoori Services LLC
P. O. Box 27011
Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
+971 2 555 2668
+971 2 554 2280 (fax)
+971 2 554 0012 (fax)
+971 50 811 6083 (after hours service)
+971 50 617 1235 (after hours workshop)
NOV Service and Repair (Dubai)
P.O. Box 61490
R/A No.13, Plot MO 0682
Daimler Chrysler Street
Jebel Ali Free Zone
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
+971 4 883 8776
+971 4 883 8795 (fax)
+971 56 686 2184 (after hours service on-call)

North Africa
NOV Service (Algeria)
Overseas Equipment Service Africa
BP 852 Zone Industrielle Algerie
Hassi Messaoud Ouargla
Algeria 30500
+213 29 73 1236
+213 29 75 4105 (fax)

8
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
Revision 04
Page 9 of 10
Service Center Directory SC

Middle East
North Africa
NOV Service and Repair (Badr City)
IMPEC (Sea Harvest Company)
Part B, 47 Acer Area
Badr City, Cairo, Egypt
+20 2 231 08001
+20 2 231 08002
+20 2 231 08003 (fax)

Saudi Arabia
NOV Service and Repair (Dammam)
P. O. Box 20754, Al-Khobar 31952
Al Khobar, Saudi Arabia
Gate No. 2, Makkah Street (opposite of Saudi Electricity Company)
Dammam Second Industrial City
Dammam, Saudi Arabia
+966 3 835 3061
+966 3 830 2453 (fax)

9
www.nov.com
D811001337-DAS-001
SC Service Center Directory Revision 04
Page 10 of 10

10
www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Chapter 2.0
Accessories

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 2.1
Motor

www.nov.com
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 2.2
Pulsation Dampener

www.nov.com
REV. A

107.132.00

OPERATOR’S MANUAL
PULSATION DAMPENER

LANZHOU LS-NATIONAL OILWELL PETROLEM


ENGINEERING COMPANY.,LTD
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener


Complete Assembly

Page 1
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

PREFACE

LS-NOV makes no warranties of any kind, expressed or implied; including any warranty of

mechanical fitness for any particular purpose that the work performed pursuant to this manual will be

free from defects in workmanship or material.

LS-NOV retains for itself all proprietary rights in and to all designs, engineering details, data and

procedures set forth herein. This manual is intended for the sole use of LS-NOV customers and they

shall strictly control copying of same, as this manual and all copies thereof may be recalled by

LS-NOV at any time.

This manual makes recommendations only. The customer is at all times responsible for actual

disassembly, inspection, re-assembly and testing of the pulsation dampener body. The customer is

also solely responsible for providing competent and qualified persons; equipment and facilities to

perform such operations; and for workmanship and safety.

If at any time the customer is unable to understand the recommendations made in this manual or is

unable to follow those recommendations, they should consult the nearest LS-NOV location.

Page 2
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

CONTENTS

PAGE

PREFACE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

SECTION 1.0 – INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 4


SECTION 2.0 – DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
SECTION 3.0 – ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SECTION 4.0 – MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
SECTION 5.0 – PRECHARGE ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
SECTION 6.0 – PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Page 3
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

1.0 INSTALLATION

CAUTION: Do not attempt to precharge pulsation dampener prior to mounting the unit into the pump

piping system.

The LS-NOV Pulsation Dampener should be mounted in the vertical position (refer to Figure 1-1 for

mounting options) with the mating flange connection at the bottom. The discharge dampener should

be mounted as close as possible to the discharge port of the pump. If possible, it is advantageous

that the dampener be mounted in such a way that the fluid stream is directed towards the fluid

opening.

Horizontal Discharge Vertical Discharge

Dampener Dampener

Figure 1-1. Mounting Options

Page 4
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener
Tee o

Nitrogen Bottle Charging Valve Hose Assy. Charging Valve.

Figure 1-2. Precharge Hookup

A. Mounting

1. Install stud bolts in the replaceable bottom plate.

2. Position dampener on gasket and mating flange so that the space between flange and bottom

connection is totally equal around the circumference.

3. Install one lubricated nut on each stud and tighten one turn at a time until dampener is firmly in

place. Assure that space between dampener and flange is equal.

4. Cross tighten nuts to the proper torque (725 - 800 lb-ft or 980 - 1080 N.m).

Page 5
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

B. Precharging (NITROGEN ONLY)

The correct precharge is vital for maximizing efficiency of the pulsation dampener. Generally,

precharge pressure is based on the average operating pressure of the system, but precharge can be

affected by other system parameters; for these applications, consult qualified LS-NOV personnel for

correct precharging instructions.

WARNING: ALWAYS PRECHARGE WITH ZERO PRESSURE ON THE SYSTEM AND ALWAYS

PRECHARGE WITH NITROGEN.

A. General Precharging Instructions

1. The pressure gauge is located under the valve guard and is exposed by removing the valve guard.

2. Before precharging the dampener make sure all cover stud nuts are tightened evenly and charging

valve and pressure gauge seal nuts are firmly seated on the dampener.

3. Precharging is accomplished by connecting one end of the charging hose assembly to a standard

commercially available NITROGEN bottle and the other end to the charging valve located at the top

of the pulsation dampener.

4. Precharge from a standard commercially available nitrogen bottle equipped with a pressure

regulator.

5. For those applications where higher precharge pressures are required, a gas booster pump is

available.

Page 6
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

6. Open bottle regulator valve until recommended precharge pressure shows on regulator gauge.

7. Slowly open charging valve on dampener. Allow pressure to increase in the dampener until

dampener pressure gauge reads the specified precharge

8. Close the charging valve and tighen. Then, close regulator valve at nitrogen bottle. Remove

charging hose, replace dust plug in charging valve.

C. Precharge Recommendations

For normal operating conditions, set the precharge pressure at 50 to 70 percent of the average

operating discharge pressure not to exceed 5000 PSI(350kg/cm²). The precharge pressure can be

as low as 30 percent or as high as 75 percent of system operating pressure. However, these

precharge settings may shorten diaphragm life.

D. Leak Detection

Apply leak detection fluid at all connections around valve, pressure gauge, cover, body contact

surfaces, and studs. Observe carefully for bubbles that indicate leaks. If any indications are found,

check system for loose connections and retighten. Allow the nitrogen gas in the dampener to come to

ambient conditions (approximately one-half hour) and recheck the precharge pressure.

Adjust the precharge pressure as required. After precharge pressure has stabilized at specified

pressure, close valves, remove charging hose. Dampener is now ready for operation.

Page 7
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

2.0 DISASSEMBLY

A. Disassembly Procedure

Refer to Figure 2-1.

1. Shut down pumps and remove system pressure from dampener.

2. Open charging valve and bleed off all precharge pressure. CAUTION: System and vessel pressure

must be at zero PSI before removing charging valve and pressure gauge or loosening cover or flange

bolts.

3. Remove pressure gauge from cover.

4. Check for system fluid in gauge and valve ports.

5. Loosen all cover stud nuts, but do not remove. Make sure the cover plate is not pushing upwards

against nuts. This would indicate that pressure has not been completely removed from dampener.

6. After all pressure is removed from dampener, remove nuts from studs.

7. If dampener is equipped with a stabilizer, remove cap screw, lock washer and stabilizer plate.

Remove stabilizer so the diaphragm may be folded and removed from the body.

8. Pull neck portion of diaphragm loose from one side of dampener. Push bottom of diaphragm down,

fold diaphragm or place bar between dampener body and diaphragm below the diaphragm

mid-section to assist folding and removal of diaphragm from body.

9. If the bottom plate is to be removed for replacement or inspection, follow the procedure below:

a. Verify cover is attached and all stud nuts are snug.

Page 8
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

b. Remove all flange and stud nuts at bottom connection.

c. Remove dampener from flange connection. Set stud nuts and gaskets aside and save for

reinstallation.

d. Remove dirt and debris from bottom plate opening.

e. Remove socket head cap screws that hold bottom plate in place. Set aside and save.

f. Remove bottom plate from dampener. Remove gasket and inspect for damage. Set aside and save

if reusable. Replace if damaged.

g. Inspect bottom plate for excessive pitting, corrosion or wear. If these conditions exist, consult your

nearest LS-NOV representative for corrective action.

B. Cleaning and Inspection Procedure

1. Flush diaphragm body, clean and remove scale and other foreign material.

2. Inspect inside of dampener body for excessive pitting. Corrosion or wear. If these conditions exist,

consult your nearest LS-NOV representative.

3. Mild pitting or scaling can be removed with application of light duty emery cloth. Inside of dampener

must be free of burrs and debris.

Page 9
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

Figure 2-1. Typical 107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener – Disassembly

Page 10
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

3.0 ASSEMBLY

All metal surfaces of the cover plate, body, and bottom plate which come into contact with the

diaphragm must be cleaned carefully before reassembly. Scrape and wire brush all surfaces and

completely remove any foreign matter, rust or scale. Refer to Figure 3-1 while following the procedure

below.

A. Bottom Plate Gasket Installation

1. Place bottom plate gasket in groove of bottom plate.

B. Bottom Plate Installation

1. Insert bottom plate into body taking care not to pinch gasket and align counter bore holes with

tapped holes in body. Install socket head cap screws and tighten evenly until bottom plate is snug

against body. Torque cap screws to 725 - 800 lb-ft or 980 -1080 N.m.

C. Diaphragm Installation

1. Apply a light coat of a general lubricant (castor oil or equivalent) on diaphragm to aid in installation.

2. Pull up on neck of diaphragm while pushing diaphragm insert area down.

3. Take the new diaphragm in the at rest position and roll one side toward the other forming a crude

football shape. A thin belt or strap may be helpful in holding this shape.

Page 11
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

4. Apply lubricant to the folded diaphragm and insert it long ways into the body of the dampener as far

as possible (the diaphragm should go over half way into the dampener body).

5. Fold the remainder of the diaphragm into the vessel and allow it to open inside the body.

6. Position the diaphragm within the neck of the vessel.

D. Stabilizer Installation

1. When stabilizer is used, temporarily install hex screw into insert.

2. Break vacuum at neck by pulling diaphragm slightly away from sealing area.

3. Pull up on hex nut so diaphragm bottom moves up near neck opening.

4. Re-seat diaphragm neck, remove hex screw, and install stabilizer.

5. Fold stabilizer with edge down and insert into diaphragm opening.

6. Assemble stabilizer plate, lock washer, and hex screw through stabilizer and fasten to diaphragm

by attaching hex screw to threaded insert.

7. Tighten securely with socket wrench.

NOTE: Make certain that the neck portion of the diaphragm and cover plate is clean and free of any

debris, rust, or scale. Coat with a light lubricant prior to installation of cover plate to the body.

Page 12
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

E. Cover Plate Installation

1. Install cover plate, studs, and lubricated nuts. Cross tighten by hand or wrench, a few turns at

a time, until cover is firmly seated on the dampener body. Cross tighten to the appropriate torque

(~2000lb-ft or 2700N.m).

F. Installation of Charging Valve

1. Back thread seal nut on valve and thread valve into tapped hole.

2. Tighten to 20 ± 5 lb-ft or 27 ± 7 N.m torque

3. If the valve is not facing in the proper direction, take the following steps:

a. Rotate forward if less than a 1/2 turn is required to position valve in proper direction.

b. Rotate backward if the previous step is not possible until the valve is positioned in the proper

direction (. turn maximum).

c. After valve is in position, tighten seal nut to 20 ± 5 lb-ft or 27 ± 7 N.m torque.

G. Installation of Pressure Gauge

1. Install pressure gauge so that the face is positioned in such a manner that it will be visible through

the valve guard opening.

2. Back thread seal nut on valve and thread valve into tapped hole.

3. Tighten to 20 ± 5 ft-lb or 27 ± 7 N.m torque.

4. If the gauge is not facing in the proper direction, take the following steps:

Page 13
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

a. Rotate forward if less than a 1/2 turn is required to position gauge in proper direction

b. Rotate backward if the previous step is not possible until the gauge is positioned in the proper

direction (1/2 turn maximum).

c. After gauge is in position, tighten seal nut to 20 ± 5 lb-ft or 27 ± 7 N.m torque.

H. Pressurize Pulsation Dampener

Use precharge instructions in Section 1. Attach valve guard, and the pulsation dampener is now

ready for use.

Page 14
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

Figure 3-1. Typical Pulsation Dampener-Assembly

Page 15
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

4.0 MAINTENANCE

A. Precharge

1. When properly installed and pre-charged, the pulsation dampener is virtually maintenance free.

2. The vessel should be checked periodically for proper precharge and leaks. Unless conditions such

as ambient temperature, operating conditions, or operating temperatures change, checking every six

months should be sufficient.

B. Low Precharge Effects

1. If the pre-charge pressure is TOO LOW, the pulsation dampener will fill with excess fluid, thus

losing some of the working volume of the gas and reducing dampener efficiency.

2. Additionally, excessive flexing of the diaphragm may cause premature rubber failure at the neck or

equator of the diaphragm.

C. High Precharge Effects

1. If the pre-charge is TOO HIGH, the diaphragm insert will rest on the bottom of the dampener,

closing off the fluid inlet.

2. Until the system pressure exceeds the precharge pressure, no dampening will take place.

3. During the time the precharge pressure is nearly equal with the system pressure, the diaphragm

will bounce on and off the inlet opening which could effect the service life of the diaphragm.

Page 16
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

5.0 PRECHARGE ADJUSTMENTS

A. Precharge Low

1. Original precharge may have been to low.

2. Ambient temperature may have decreased.

3. Check charging valve for leaks.

a. Apply leak detection fluid to threads and valve openings.

b. Tighten loose threads, close valve stem, or replace valve if stem does not close.

4. Check pressure gauge for leaks.

a. Apply leak detection fluid to threads, face, and back cover.

b. Tighten loose threads. Replace gauge if leaks continue.

5. Check for leaks between cover and body.

a. Apply leak detection fluid to studs and cover-body contact surfaces.

b. Tighten stud nuts. If leaks persist, remove cover and clean mating surfaces. Reassemble and

repeat leak test.

6. Check Diaphragm (if all the above fail to find the leak). If the dampener will not hold precharge

pressure, it may be due to nitrogen leaks through the diaphragm. Check for evidence of fluid at either

charging valve or pressure gauge port hole. CAUTION: Make sure dampener pressure is at zero psig

before removing charging valve or pressure gauge. If fluid is present, replace diaphragm. See

Disassembly and Assembly sections.

Page 17
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

B. Precharge High

1. Original precharge may have been to high.

2. Ambient temperature may have increased. Release pressure.

3. Diaphragm may be trapping pressure (system fluid) when pump is shut down. This will be indicated

by a higher than normal pressure reading on the gauge, which is usually of a different value, each

time the pump shuts down. This condition usually occurs when the fluid is highly viscous. Installation

of a diaphragm stabilizer should cure this condition. CAUTION: If it is determined that any items need

to be replaced or dampener cover removed, PLEASE FOLLOW THE DISASSEMBLY AND

ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES.

Page 18
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

6.0 PARTS

6.1 Pulsation Dampener Parts List (See Figure 6-1)

No. NOV Part No. Description Part No. Qty.

1 30178913-1 Body 107.132.01 1

2 30178913-2 Diaphragm 107.130.01.00-1 1

3 30178913-3 Diaphragm Stabilizer 107.130.02 1

4 30178913-4 Stabilizer Plate 107.130.04 1

5 30178913-5 Stabilizer Screw 107.130.05 1

1"-8UNC-2A

6 30178913-6 Washer Φ27 GB93-87 1

7 30178913-7 Plug 1/4"-18NPT 107.132.02 1

8 30178913-8 Lifting Screw M20 GB825-76 2

9 30178913-9 Pipe Cap G5/8" 107.130.06 1

10 30178913-10 Washer Φ19 107.130.07 1

11 30178913-11 T-Joint 107.132.03 1

12 30178913-12 Washer Φ12/Φ7 107.130.09-1 1

13 30178913-13 Washer Φ16/Φ7 107.130.10-1 1

Page 19
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

No. NOV Part No. Description Part No. Qty.

15 30178913-15 Charge Valve 107.130.03.00 1

16 30178913-16 Cover Plate 107.132.04 1

17 30178913-17 Nut, Hex Head, Cover Plate 107.132.05 12

M48x3-2A

18 30178913-18 Stud Bolt, Cover Plate 107.132.06 12

M48x3-2A

19 30178913-19 Tag, Caution 107.04.102 1

20 30178913-20 O-Ring 140x5.7 D4-4-66 2

21 30178913-21 Cap Screw, Bottom Plate 107.132.07 8

M33x2-2A

22 30178913-22 Bottom Plate 107.132.08 1

23 30178913-23 Nut M33x2-2A 107.132.09 8

24 30178913-24 Bolt M33x2-2A 107.132.10 1

Page 20
Operator’s Manual
107.132.00 Pulsation Dampener

Figure 6-1. Typical Pulsation Dampener - Cutaway for Part Identification

Page 21
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 2.3
Reset Relief Valve

www.nov.com
Operation, and Maintenance
Manual

Reset Relief Valve

Titan Class Type C

M-34000

Address: NOV Valve Group


9700 West Gulf Bank
Houston TX 77040
Phone #: 281 272 7700
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Foreword…
This manual is published as a guide for the normal operation of your NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO equipment.
Because of many factors which contribute to the function or malfunction of this machinery, and not having complete
knowledge of each factor or combination of factors, we cannot detail all facets of this subject. We must therefore
confine the scope of this presentation and when situations encountered are not fully encompassed by complete,
understandable instructions, these situations must be referred to the manufacturer.

The dimension and tolerances specified in this publication are those desirable for the most efficient operations of the
equipment. When components become worn or when new parts are introduced into a worn unit, it may not be possible
or economically feasible to reestablish such strict alignment and correct all dimensional deviations.

Improvements in design, engineering, materials, production methods, etc., may necessitate changes in these
products and result in inconsistencies between the content of this publication and the physical equipment. We reserve
the right to make these changes without incurring any liability or obligation beyond that which is stipulated in the
purchase contract.

The pictures, photographs, charts, diagrams, drawings, verbal contents and specifications are not to be construed
as giving rise to any warranty on the part of NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO. NATIONAL OILWELL VARCO makes no
warranty either expressed or implied beyond that which is stipulated in the purchase contract.

! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! CAUTION !


EXERCISE SAFETY IN ALL PERFORMANCES: DO NOT IGNORE ANY WARNINGS, USE ONLY APPROVED
METHODS, MATERIALS AND TOOLS. DO NOT PERMIT ANY FUNCTION OF QUESTIONABLE SAFETY;
ACCIDENTS ARE CAUSED BY UNSAFE ACTS AND UNSAFE CONDITIONS. SAFETY IS YOUR BUSINESS AND
YOU ARE INVOLVED.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING !


BEFORE PERFORMING ANY SERVICE FUNCTION, BE CERTAIN THAT THE UNIT IS SEPARATED FROM ITS
POWER SOURCE OR THAT THE POWER SOURCE IS LOCKED-OUT TO PREVENT ANY FORM OF ENERGY
FROM ENTERING THE EQUIPMENT. THIS WOULD INCLUDE ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL ENERGY INTO OR
FROM THE PRIME MOVER(S), PNEUMATIC ENERGY FROM THE COMPRESSOR/AIR SYSTEM, ETC.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING !


FAILURE TO OBSERVE THE WARNINGS AND NOTES OF CAUTION IN THIS PUBLICATION CAN RESULT IN
PROPERTY DAMAGE, SERIOUS BODILY INJURY, OR DEATH.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING !


DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL THE INSTALLER HAS READ THE MANUAL IN ITS ENTIRETY.
© Copyright 2007 National Oilwell Varco, all rights reserved.

1
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

Publication date: August 7, 2007


All other product, brand, or trade names used in this publication are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their
respective owners.
All rights reserved. This publication is the property of, and contains information proprietary to National Oilwell Varco. No
part of this publication may be reproduced or copied in any form, or by any means, including electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of National Oilwell Varco.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.

Warranty
National Oilwell Varco (NOV) warrants that, for a period of one year from the date of delivery equipment of manufacture,
the Equipment shall be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service, and provided the
Equipment is used and maintained in accordance with instructions supplied. This is a sole and exclusive warranty. If a
defect in the Equipment appears within one year from the date of shipment, and Purchaser has given written notice of
such defect within thirty days from the discovery thereof, NOV will repair or replace the part, at its option, by shipping a
similar part FOB shipping point or, at its option, refund an equitable portion of the purchase price. NOV may require the
return, to a designated location, of the defective part, transportation prepaid to establish Purchaser's claim. No
allowance will be made for repairs undertaken without NOV’s written consent or approval. This warranty applies only to
equipment manufactured by NOV. Warranties on equipment manufactured by others, if any, are assigned to Purchaser
by NOV (without recourse) at time of delivery. Any description of Equipment, drawings, specifications, and any samples,
models, bulletins, or similar material, used in connection with this sale are for the sole purpose of identifying the
Equipment and are not to be construed as an express warranty that the Equipment will conform to such description. Any
field advisory or installation support is advisory only. The foregoing warranties are in lieu of all other warranties, whether
oral, written, express, implied or statutory. Implied warranties or merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose will
not apply. NOV's warranty obligations and purchaser's remedies there under are solely and exclusively as stated herein.
Purchaser's sole and exclusive remedy, whether based upon warranty, contract or tort, including negligence, will be to
proceed under this warranty. All liability of NOV shall terminate one year from the date of delivery of the Equipment.

Intended audience
Conventions
Notes, cautions, and warnings 1-1
Notes 1-1
Cautions 1-1
Warnings 1-1
Illustrations 1-1

Safety requirements
Personnel training 1-2
Recommended tools 1-2
Genera system safety practices 1-3
Replacing components 1-3
Maintenance 1-3
Proper use of equipment 1-3

Intended audience
This manual is intended for use by field engineering, installation, operation and repair personnel. Every effort has been
made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein. National Oilwell Varco company (NOV), will not be
held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences arising from misuse of this material.

Conventions
2
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Notes, cautions, and warnings


Notes, cautions, and warnings appear throughout this manual to provide you with additional information, and to advise
you to take specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They may also inform you of
actions necessary to prevent equipment damage or conditions that may void your warranty.
Please pay close attention to these advisories.

Notes
The note symbol indicates that additional information is provided about the current topic.

Cautions
The caution symbol indicates potential risk of damage to equipment or injury to personnel. Follow instructions explicitly
and take extreme care.
A caution symbol may also indicate a condition that voids your equipment warranty.

Warnings
The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of equipment damage or danger to personnel. Failure to observe and follow
proper procedures is likely to result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant property loss or significant
equipment damage.

Illustrations
Figures provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or
establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn to scale. For more specific component information pertinent to
your rig configuration, see the technical drawings included with your National Oilwell Varco documentation.
Safety requirements

Safety requirements

Personnel training
NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving hazardous operations and
situations. Proper service and repair is important for safe and reliable operation. Operation and service procedures
provided by NOV manuals are the recommended methods of performing those operations. Figures provide a graphical
representation of equipment components or screen snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature,
and may or may not be drawn to scale. For more specific component information pertinent to your rig configuration, see
the technical drawings included with your National Oilwell Varco documentation.
All personnel performing installation, operation, repair or maintenance procedures on the equipment, or those in the
vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on shop safety, tool operation, and maintenance. Contact the NOV Valve
training department for more information about equipment operation and maintenance training.

Recommended tools
Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described. When stated, use only
these tools.

General system safety practices


Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.
Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, operation, maintenance, assembly/disassembly or
repair. Local codes may apply. Please consult them prior to performing any operation. The presence of a NOV Valve
representative at the site does not relieve the owner/ operator of responsibility to follow published installation, operation,
and maintenance instructions.

Replacing components
Verify that all components are tagged and labeled during disassembly and reassembly of equipment.

3
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

Replace failed or damaged components with NOV genuine certified parts. Failure to do so could result in equipment
damage or personal injury.

Maintenance
Equipment must be maintained on a regular and routine basis. See the Maintenance and Repair chapter of this manual
for maintenance recommendations.

Proper use of equipment


NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for its intended purpose.

Introduction
Features 2-1

Introduction
A pressure relief valve is a self operating valve that is installed in a process system to protect against over
pressurization of the system. The NOV Reset Relief Valve is designed to keep pressure from exceeding a preset valve,
which will in turn protect the liners and other internal components of a typical mud pump.
There are a wide variety of valve designs, but most valves of this type incorporate one or more helical compression
springs which are used to maintain constant force acting on the backside of a piston, causing the valve to be normally
closed. When the force exerted by the process stream (i.e. fluid pressure) against the piston is greater than the constant
force exerted by the spring, the valve "trips" open (the piston moves to its fully open position) and allows process fluid to
exit the valve and pass through a discharge line to a mud tank or pit. This valve actually utilizes a balance beam
whereby the piston force acts on a short moment arm while the spring force acts on a longer moment arm.
The NOV Titan Class "C" Valve utilizes the 34000 series part number. Various dash numbers may be added to indicate
the type of piping adapters supplied with the valve or any other auxiliary items. Please refer to the bill of material and
drawing sections to determine the complete valve assembly number.

Features
Unlike its predecessor, which utilized an elastomeric cushion ring, the Titan Class “C” valve incorporates a pressure
balance chamber, similar to the original RX valve. The opening movements of NOV's patented piston ports (U.S. Patent
5,715,861) are hydraulically cushioned by throttling fluid from the balance chamber to the discharge side of the valve.
The butt weld flanges or 3”-1502 unions provide excellent connection integrity.
There is no load bearing threaded connections exposed to the flow media (such as line pipe threads).
The 4-bolt inlet and discharge flanges allow for easy access to the body and internal parts.
The entire valve can be replaced with all adjacent piping in place.
The valve is 100% adjustable to provide any relief pressure setting within the particular pressure range of the valve.
The relieving pressure set point may be altered easily by turning a single adjusting nut; adjustment may be made while
pressure is in the valve however, is limited to increasing the setting only.
The accuracy of the relief valve is not affected by continuous pressure surges or vibration.
The valve is easily reset by operating a single lever; no replacement shear pins are required and little, if any, down time
is encountered in resetting the valve.
Once properly calibrated, the accuracy of the valve is maintained over numerous valve “trips”.
The valve may be manually discharged at any time, regardless of line pressure, by striking the “release button” provided
on the valve.
The “open” or “set” position of the valve piston is indicated by the position of the “release button”. When the button is
away from the side of the bonnet, the valve is “set”. When the button is adjacent to the side of the bonnet, the valve is
“open”.
The valve’s internal linkage is fully enclosed and protected from debris and corrosion.
The release shaft retainer has been redesigned for greater safety.

Inspection
Installation 3-1

4
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Storage
Recommended procedure for extended storage 3-4

Inspection

Installation
Prior to setting up and operating a new Reset Relief Valve, inspect the goods as received from the shipping company. A
claim for damage or loss should be reported immediately to the carrier and to the Valve Division. Also, check the bill of
lading for any separately shipped items, including manuals and CDs. Once it is confirmed the order has been received
complete in undamaged condition, installation may begin.
The Titan “C” Reset Relief Valve may be installed in any position but it is generally easier to operate and maintain with
the bonnet in a vertical position together with a horizontal discharge line. The valve is outfitted with (A) a pair of 6-bolt
butt weld flanges (one on the inlet and one on the outlet) that have to be fitted, tacked, welded, and stress relieved in
accordance with ASME Section IX and/or ASME B31.1 specifications PRIOR to bolting the valve in place for operation
or (B) adapter flanges which go from a 6-bolt pattern (to match the body) to 3”-1502 male and female union connections.
Material certificates for these components are available and (for the butt weld components) include heat treating times
and temperatures which may be used to write a proper weld procedure for valve installation (WPS or PQR). Due to the
service encountered and pressure rating of this equipment, the integrity of all welding, which may be required for the
installation of this valve, should be volumetrically inspected 100% using appropriate X-ray procedures. Assemblies
including component parts with butt weld ends requiring welding must follow the same procedures described above. The
dimensions of the “window” required for valve installation are shown in the assembly drawing. It is recommended that
the pipe I.D. be no smaller than that of a 3” Schedule XXH pipe (2.300 I.D.) for the upstream and downstream piping.
Figure 3-1 exhibits the correct setup of the upstream and downstream piping. A 3 degree minimum downward slope
must be maintained on piping.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING !


NEVER ATTEMPT TO MAKE UP OR BRAKE OUT UNION CONNECTIONS WITH ANY INTERNAL PRESSURE IN
THE VALVE. REPLACE ALL WORN OR DAMAGED UNION COMPONENTS WITH ORIGINAL NOV PARTS.

The dimensions of the “window” required for valve installation are shown in the assembly drawing. It is recommended
that the pipe I.D. be no smaller than that of a 3” Schedule XXH pipe (2.300 I.D.) for the upstream and downstream
piping. Figure 3-1 exhibits the correct setup of the upstream and downstream piping. A 3 degree minimum downward
slope must be maintained on piping.

Note:
Sufficient size piping and schedule are required for operating conditions including containing working pressure, handling
cyclic nature of the pump pressures, and staying within the erosional velocity limits of the pipe for the expected
discharge fluid volumes of drilling mud and the related fluid velocity within the pipe.

The discharge line should slope gradually downwards from the valve outlet to the mud pit or holding tank. This insures
any fluid remaining in the line will self-drain.

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING !


IN FREEZING ENVIRONMENTS, FLUID REMAINING IN THE DISCHARGE LINE COULD FREEZE AND PREVENT
DISCHARGE FROM THE VALVE. THIS COULD BE DETRIMENTAL TO THE VALVE, PIPING AND PUMP.

Due to thrust loads at the time of discharge, adjacent piping for a relief valve installation requires all piping be properly
braced, anchored and supported to prevent unnecessarily high stresses from damaging the valve or any adjacent
connectors.

5
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

! WARNING ! WARNING ! WARNING !


AVOID MOUTING THE VALVE ON A TALL RISER UNLESS THE RISER IS WELL BRACED, ANCHORED AND
SUPPORTED. FAILURE TO DO SO COULD CAUSE SEPERATION OF PIPING AND/OR CONNECTIONS AT THE
TIME OF DISCHARGE, WHICH COULD LEAD TO SERIOUS INJURIES.

Figure 3-1. Recommended downstream setup

Note:
Refer to the Parts and Drawings Section when item numbers are referenced.

Standard butt weld hubs normally supplied with this valve when requested (p/n 31953), are for mating up with 3-1/2”-
SCH. XXH (4.000” O.D. x 2.728” I.D.) piping. Torque the (6) flange bolts (item 50) gradually in a crossing pattern so that
the adjacent sealing faces of the flange and body remain parallel. This will also prevent flange separation and the
resulting flange-to-body seal failure. The adjusting nut (item 32) moves the upper spring retainer (item 34) thereby
increasing or decreasing the amount of spring compression and thus spring force against the arm of the crank. The
correct position of the adjusting nut is shown by an indicator (item 33) mounted on the upper spring retainer and the
calibration plate (item 36) mounted adjacent to the indicator on the bonnet cover (item 29). It is generally undesirable to
bring a mud pump on-line with the valve at an abnormally low pressure setting. Such a practice could cause inadvertent
opening of the valve. Always verify the pressure setting by examining the indicator and calibration plate prior to placing
the valve in service. In some operating conditions, the valve may appear to discharge at a lower (or higher) pressure
than indicated by the valve setting. This phenomenon may sometimes result from (1) a lag between the actual system
pressure and the pressure gauge reading, especially for gauges with dampening devices, (2) pressure pulsations,
especially when inadequate or poorly operating pulsation dampeners are installed, (3) inaccurate or improperly
calibrated gauges, or (4) an improperly maintained valve. The release of drilling mud, especially at high pressures, can
be very destructive to internal valve parts. Operators are advised to always try to isolate and shut down a pump as
quickly as possible when the relief valve for that pump discharges. Doing so can help to increase the life of the valve
and its internal parts.
6
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Note:
Back pressure on the valve (usually due to hydrostatic head pressure from a column of fluid in the discharge line) is
usually undesirable. However, due to the balanced design of the Titan “B”, back pressures less than 100 psig will have
little if any affect on the operational accuracy of the valve

! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! CAUTION !


DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RESET THE VALVE WHILE THE PUMP IS IN OPERATION.

Storage
Recommended procedure for extended storage
Relief Valve should be stored inside a cool, controlled environment.
Valve should be stored in an upright position, protecting the piston and internal parts.
Internal parts should stay lubricated with synthetic grease, Mobil SHC 220, Mobilith or equal.
If the valve is in storage more than 6-15 months, the valve should be disassembled, the bonnet pulled and the piston
cap seal and o-ring inspected and changed. Clear all debris from internal parts, lubricated with recommended lubricant.
For assembly procedures, see Section 6.
If additional information is needed, please contact your sales representative or call the location shown on the cover of
this manual.

Field Setting Procedure


Valve “Calibration” 4-1
The “zero setting” 4-1
The “Span” setting 4-2
Hydrostatic Pressure Testing (in plant only) 4-2

Field Setting Procedure

Valve “Calibration”
The valve adjusting nut (item 32) should be tightened (rotated clockwise looking at the top of the bonnet) to increase the
compression on the load springs and thus increase the setting indicated by the calibration plate. Likewise, the nut should
be loosened to lower the set pressure. Going from a higher setting to a lower setting with pressure on the valve could
inadvertently cause the valve to “trip”. Increasing the set point with pressure on the valve is generally not a problem.
Although all NOV Reset Relief Valves are calibrated at the factory, because of the variety of mud types, it is important to
verify the operating characteristics of the valve in a particular system and with the mud being used to determine if any
additional adjustments are needed. Please refer to the section on valve calibration in this section.
The valve should be bench tested on a regular basis to verify proper calibration and accuracy. As mentioned, NOV can
provide a complete portable test unit for a modest price. For calibration purposes, an accurate “test” gauge should be
used (usually plus or minus 1/4% of the full scale reading). The gauge should be connected so that it indicates pressure
in the lower end of the valve. If any gauge with a built-in dampening device is used, the line pressure should be built up
slowly to allow for the actual system pressure and gauge pressure to stabilize. If possible, the system pressure should
be built up slowly and gradually with little or no pressure pulsations. Remove the adjusting nut (item 32), upper spring
retainer (item 34), two load springs (item 37), four socket head cap screws (item 50) and the bonnet cover (item 29) so
that the lower spring retainer can be lifted and turned. Drive out the ¼” Spirol Pin (item 40) from the back side (bonnet
side) of the lower spring retainer. Replace the bonnet cover using new NOV socket head cap screws. Replace the
remaining components.

The “zero setting”:


Adjust the valve to its minimum pressure setting as indicated by the calibration plate and indicator. Operate the reset
lever to “set” the valve (close the piston). Slowly increase internal pressure until the valve operates (“trips”), noting the

7
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

gauge pressure indicated. If the valve “tripped” before the gauge reached the pressure indicated on the calibration plate,
the valve
“Zero setting” is low (too little initial spring compression). In order to correct the zero setting, the two flats on the lower
end of the load screw (item 38) will be used to change the initial compression on the load springs. If the valve “tripped”
early, more initial spring compression is required and vice versa. Use a 3/8” open end wrench to tighten the load screw
further into the lower spring retainer if the valve “tripped” early. Looking down on the upper face of the lower spring
retainer, a clockwise rotation of the wrench will drive the load screw farther into the lower spring retainer. The amount of
change will vary somewhat between valves but a half turn of the load screw should cause approximately a 50 psig
(higher or lower depending on the direction of rotation) change in the “tripping” pressure of the valve. Because it will be
locked in place by the 1/4” Spirol pin upon successful completion of the calibration procedure, the load screw may only
be adjusted in half-turn increments (with the flats on the load screw left perpendicular to the lower spring retainer). Once
the “zero” setting is close, it is time to check the “span” or upper setting.

The “Span” setting:


Hydrostatic Pressure testing (in plant only)
Tighten the adjusting nut until the indicator points precisely to the highest setting on the calibration plate. Reset the valve
and slowly increase internal pressure until the valve “trips”. Note the pressure on the gauge at this point. For example,
let’s assume that we are working with a typical 1500-5000 PSI valve assembly. If the valve initially “tripped” at 1400 PSI
for the “zero” setting and then “tripped” at say 4900 PSI for the “span” setting, it is possible to bring both values closer to
the desired setting. In other words, by going back to the “zero” setting and increasing the initial spring compression, the
valve may be made to “trip” at exactly 1500 PSI or plus 100 PSI. As such, we will expect the valve to “trip” at an
additional 100 PSI on the high end (span setting), very close to the desired 5000 PSI. We will rerun the span procedure
to confirm. However, if the valve “trips” at 1700 PSI at the low end and at 5300 PSI at the high end, you can not perform
the basic calibration procedure to make the valve more accurate. If we increase the initial spring compression, when
testing the high setting, to make the valve “trip” right at 1500 PSI we could expect the valve to “trip” at around 8600 PSI
which would be totally unacceptable. In short, both settings (low and high) may be either increased or decreased but
they may not be moved closer together or farther apart. Valves which do not calibrate properly may have one or more
faulty load springs, a worn upper link pin (which most often causes erratic valve behavior), excessive seal friction due to
corrosion, a faulty main crank, or binding linkage. If the operator is unable to achieve satisfactory performance from the
valve after following normal calibration procedures, contact the factory. If the valve is within acceptable tolerances at
both the low and high set points, secure the load screw with the Spirol pin (item 40) by driving it into the lower spring
retainer (against the bonnet) until the end is flush with the outboard side of the lower spring retainer. If the valve is not
within acceptable tolerances, replace the load springs or look for mechanical problems. Repeat this entire procedure
after reworking valve.
For Titan Class “C” valves, any in-plant or customer-witness hydrostatic pressure testing will be limited to the following
maximum values: 5000 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE, 7500 PSIG TEST PRESSURE Acceptable Tolerance, Set Point
vs. Actual Valve “Trip” Pressure
Pressure Range 1500-5000, psig Acceptable Tolerance +200 psig
If the valve is within acceptable tolerances at both the low and high set points, secure the load screw with the Spirol pin
(item 40) by driving it into the lower spring retainer (against the bonnet) until the end is flush with the outboard side of
the lower spring retainer. If the valve is not within acceptable tolerances, replace the load springs or look for mechanical
problems. Repeat this entire procedure after reworking valve.

Hydrostatic Pressure testing (in plant only)


For Titan Class “C” valves, any in-plant or customer-witness hydrostatic pressure testing will be limited to the following
maximum values: 5,000 PSIG WORKING PRESSURE 7,500 PSIG TEST PRESSURE
(Test pressure applies to the sub-assembly: valve body with sub, seat insert, and related seals only.) With the valve in
the “set position” and springs compressed for maximum pressure setting, slowly increase internal pressure to that of
working pressure, hold hydrostatic pressure for 3 minutes and check for leakage, bleed pressure to zero. Re-pressurize
valve to the specified pressure required and hold for 15 minutes. Check for leakage. If no leakage is observed outside
the valve and if no apparent leakage is visible from monitoring the gauge, the test is successful. Bleed pressure to zero.
Test is complete.

Reset Relief Valve Troubleshooting Guide 5-1

8
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Reset Relief Valve Troubleshooting Guide


NOV Reset Relief Valves are fairly easy to operate and are reliable and stable when properly used and maintained. The
success and performance of the valves rely on links inside that connect the piston to the bonnet. The links must be in a
straight line (3O off center) for the valves to hold pressure. Once the joint is out of line, the links retract (due to exceeding
set pressure) and the valve trips. Valves must be reset in a straight line to work properly. When pushing the handle
forward to reset the valve, a lever inside the reset crank pushes the links into alignment. There is a stop inside the valve
when the links are in the correct position, the links will be straight and the piston will be down. When the valve is fully
reset, the reset button on the backside of the bonnet sticks out approximately 3/8 inch. When the reset relief valve seals
are new, more effort to reset the valve may be required. New seals are stiff and tight.

Troubleshooting Problem Solution


If the valve cannot be fully reset even when using an extension wrench check the pump to see if it’s turned off and there
is no back pressure on valve. Check for foreign substance in the valve that’s blocking the piston from resetting. Make
sure the reset crank handle pin is tight. Check if the crank is not bent; also check if the inner stem seal is installed
properly and has not rolled up on piston stem, preventing the valve from resetting. Sometimes the pressure activated
lower piston seal may be swollen preventing the valve from resetting; in this case, drain all the fluid out and replace the
lower piston seal. This seal can be used again when it shrinks back to original shape after drying for few minutes. If the
valve does not hold pressure, check piston seal for wear and insure links are fully reset (the reset button should be
extended 3/8 inch). Check piston and body for wear. If the valve calibration has changed, replace the load springs if they
are shorter than 7 inches. Inspect links and link pins for wear or bent. Follow calibration procedures.
If valve is leaking on outside between bonnet and body remove stem bushing seals.
If fluid is leaking through discharge side remove the flange/discharge line on valve outlet side and clean the inside of the
valve from the discharge side. Use a flashlight and check for fluid leaks.
If the fluid is leaking from bottom i.e. between piston cap and insert, turn off the pump and drain all the fluid from the
valve body, push the reset button in and reset the valve 2-3 times. If the valve is still leaking, replace the lower piston
cap seals.
If fluid is leaking from top, remove the bonnet assemble and replace the upper piston – shoulder seal. Before re-
installing the bonnet assembly, check the inner valves of the body for rust, pitting or scarring.
The inner surface where the seal seats must be clean and smooth or the valve will leak. If there is more than
surface/superficial rust proceeds to send the valve body to NOV facility for further evaluation.
If you have any more problems contact NOV service guys or NOV facility for repair.

Assembly / Disassembly Procedures


Lower Piston Disassembly 6-1
Bonnet & Linkage Disassembly 6-2
Lower Body Disassembly 6-4
Lower Body Assembly 6-4
Bonnet and Linkage Assembly 6-5
Body Flange/Adapter Assembly 6-7

Assembly / Disassembly Procedures


Lower Piston Disassembly
Note:
Replacement of the lower piston seal ring (item 7) or any of its associated components requires that the bonnet
assembly first be removed from the body.

The steps required to accomplish this task are as follows:


Danger Failure to safely bleed off internal pressure prior to bonnet or flange removal could cause serious
bodily injury or even death.
1. After removing ALL internal pressure from the body, loosen all four bonnet socket head cap screws (item 54) about 3
turns. Pull up on the bonnet until the bonnet flange is again in contact with the face of the screws. Verify that the stem

9
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

bushing seal (item 14) has disengaged its respective seal bore in the body. Only then the (4) cap screws may be
completely removed from the body along with the bonnet sub-assembly.

2. Clean the upper bores of the body with a soft cloth. Verify that the seal bores in the upper end of the body are free of
marks, scratches, dings, and corrosion prior to reinstalling a cleaned up or rebuilt bonnet assembly. Also, clean and
inspect the seat insert (item 2) in the lower end of the body. DO NOT attempt to repair a leaking valve by merely
replacing the lower piston seal when the seat insert is also damaged.

3. holding the bonnet firmly loosen and remove the piston cap (item 4) from the piston body (item 3). Remove the
outboard seal retainer (item 8), the lower piston seal (item 7) and the inboard seal retainer (item 8) from the piston body.
Inspect the piston cap face seal (item 11) for damage and replace as required.
Replace item 7, (Never reuse the lower piston seal (item 7)) along with two of item 8 if necessary, and reassemble the
lower end of the piston. Note the orientation of all components for correct assembly of the piston.

4. Inspect the outer stem bushing seal (item 14) for damage and replace if required. Verify that the piston slides freely in
and out of the stem bushing. If not, there could be damage to the inner stem bushing seal (item 10) or excessive
corrosion on the internal bore of the stem bushing (item 6). Correcting this problem will require complete removal of the
piston sub-assembly from the bonnet. See the "Bonnet & Linkage Disassembly"

5. Verify that the piston shoulder seal (item 9) is in good condition. If not, it will require replacement. Again, correcting
this problem will require complete removal of the piston sub-assembly from the bonnet. See the "Bonnet & Linkage
Disassembly"

6. Using high quality synthetic grease, lubricate the upper end of the body as well as the lower and upper end of the
piston, particularly all sealing elements.

7. Again, contingent upon the inspection performed in step 2, the bonnet sub-assembly may be reinserted into the body.
Lubricate the threads and collars of four NEW cap screws (item 54) with a nickel base anti-seize compound and using a
crossing pattern, torque the screws to specification, see the "Torque Chart"

! CAUTION ! CAUTION ! CAUTION !


NEVER REUSE BONNET CAP SCREWS (ITEM 54).

Bonnet & Linkage Disassembly


Note:
This procedure assumes that the bonnet sub-assembly has been safely removed from the body following the procedure
in step 1 of "Lower Piston Disassembly"

1. Completely remove the adjusting nut (item 32) and lift off and remove the upper spring retainer (item 34) and the two
load springs (item 37). Check the load springs for yielding. If either spring is less than 7.00” in overall length, replace
both springs and re-calibrate the valve.

2. If the adjusting stud (item 35) must be replaced, punch out the ¼” Spirol Pin (item 40) in the bonnet cover and
unscrew the stud. Note the amount of stud protruding from the cover so that the replacement part may be reinstalled
properly as before.

3. Remove and discard the four cover cap screws (item 50) from the bonnet cover (item 29), lift off and remove the
cover.

4. If the reset roller (item 31) must be replaced, punch out the 1/8” Spirol Pin (item 44) and slide the roller from the reset
crank. Replace the roller with a new one and install a new pin.

10
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

5. If the reset crank (item 30) or the reset handle (item 16) must be replaced, punch out the 5/16” Spirol Pin (item 24).
Slide the reset handle off of the reset crank, remove the shaft seal o-ring (item 43) and pull the reset crank out of the
bonnet cover.

6. If the cover bearing (not ballooned) is damaged, it may be pressed out of the bonnet cover (with the proper tooling)
and replaced with a new one.

7. Remove the spring guide rod (item 28) along with the reset spring (item 23) and the keeper (item 27) from the bonnet.

8. Using a pair of needle nose pliers, carefully remove the two “clock” or linkage springs (item 25). Examine both springs
for damage. The tabs which hold the spring in place (one on the inside and one on the outside) should be in alignment
with each other. If the outer tab is more than 30 degrees out of alignment with the inner tab, replace both springs with
new NOV parts.

9. With the remaining bonnet assembly resting above the piston (item 3) which is to be positioned firmly on a flat
surface, rotate the upper link (item 21) into a horizontal position (as if the valve had “tripped”). Punch out the 1/8” pin
(item 19) in upper link. Note: Pulling back on the release button and locking it in the retracted position with a small block
(or other item which may be used temporarily as a spacer) during this operation will keep the inboard end of the release
shaft (item 45) from interfering with the removal of the pin (item 19). Remove the top crank pin (item 26).

10. If the crank (item 22) must be removed, lift lower spring retainer and turn it so that the ¼” diameter pin can be driven
out from side adjacent to the bonnet. Rotate the load screw (item 38) CCW to remove it from the lower spring retainer
(item 39). Lift the load screw up through the crank for complete removal from the bonnet. Punch out the 1/8” pin (item
44) from the crank to remove the crank pivot pin (item 41). The crank may now be lifted out and completely removed
from the bonnet.

11. If required, the bearing (item 15a) may be removed from bonnet (item 15) with a 19/32 punch. Again, this is a
somewhat tedious task and replacement of the bonnet sub-assembly is generally the better choice.

12. If it is necessary to remove the release shaft (item 45), hold the inboard end from rotating with a drift pin while
rotating the release button (item 47) CCW. With the release button removed, push the release shaft inboard until it
clears the notches in the release shaft retainer (item 46). A large slotted screw driver may be used to loosen and remove
the release shaft retainer (item 46). Now the release shaft and release shaft spring may be easily removed from the
bonnet.

13. The piston along with the linkage may now be carefully pulled out of the lower end of the bonnet.

14. Disassemble upper link and lower links by punching out four 1/8” pins (item 19) and removing the two link pins (item
18).

15. Remove the stem bushing by sliding it off of the small end of the piston. Inspect both the bushing outer seal (item
14) and the bushing inner seal (item 10) for wear or damage. Clean and inspect both glands for damage or corrosion.

16. If required, the bearing (item 21a) may be removed from upper link (item 21) with a 15/32 punch. Again, this is a
somewhat tedious task and replacement of the upper link sub-assembly is generally the better choice.

Note
Usually, while the valve is completely disassembled, it is always a good practice to replace any and all worn, damaged,
or otherwise questionable parts.

17. Check lower links for straightness and/or ovaling of the link pin holes. Check straightness by laying a straight edge
against the end flat on each side of the link. If either link is distorted, always replace both lower links—never just one.
Check the small pads on one side of each lower link for damage from contacting the pad on the main crank. It is
important to note the position and orientation of the pads on both lower links. These pads MUST be placed in the same

11
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

position during assembly (the pad end of the lower link is to be farthest away from the bonnet flange while both pads are
to face towards the release shaft button).

18. Check all link pins and crank pins for straightness. If a pin is not straight or shows signs of wear, it should be
replaced. A worn pin may show cracks or dings in the surface or may no longer be perfectly straight and or round.

19. Check all pressed-in bushings. If a bushing is loose, has chipped or otherwise damaged edges, or is wallowed out, it
should be replaced with a new NOV part.

20. Check the outside diameter of the piston and all sealing surfaces for signs of wear, corrosion, or other damage that
might impair the effectiveness of a new seal.

Lower Body Disassembly


1. Removal of the sub (item 5) can be difficult at times. It will require using the special sub wrench listed in the tool
section. We will assume that the valve assembly has been removed from the line and that the bonnet/piston assembly
has been removed from the valve.

2. If the valve was supplied with butt weld flanges and the body is out of the line, the 6-bolt flange will have already been
disconnected. If the valve was supplied with 1502 connections (see section 8), the inlet adapter will need to be removed.
Using a 12-point socket or box end wrench, loosen and remove all 6 flange cap screws from the valve inlet.

3. Carefully remove the inlet flange adapter from the body and set aside. Clean and inspect the union components for
damage. Clean and inspect the face seal groove for damage or corrosion and inspect the seal.

4. It is best to carefully anchor the body when removing the sub. This may be done by using a minimum of 2 bonnet cap
screws to bolt the body to a work table. Holes will have to be drilled in the table to match the bonnet bolt pattern. Flip the
body upside down (bonnet end down) and attach it to the work table using discarded bonnet cap screws or place the
body (in a similar position) securely in a large vice.

5. Insert the lugs of the sub wrench into the sub. Looking at the inlet of the body, rotate the sub counter clockwise to
loosen and remove the sub from the body. In some cases, applying penetrating oil or similar substance to the sub may
help with its removal from the body.

6. Clean the sub (item 5) and inspect it for damage, especially in the threaded area, the radial seal groove, and the
sealing faces on the inboard and outboard ends.

7. Remove the seat insert (item 2) from the body along with the insert face seal (item 13). Carefully clean and inspect
the insert for damage, especially the internal seal surface (I.D.) and the face seal groove.

8. Clean and inspect the lower valve body internals, especially the threads and the seal bore for the sub seal (item 12).

Lower Body Assembly


Use the procedure described in "Lower Body Disassembly" on page 6-4 for mounting and holding the valve body while
working on the lower end of the valve.

1. If the body (item 1), sub (item 5), seat insert (item 2) are all cleaned and free of damage, they may be reassembled.
Always use new sealing elements when reassembling this valve.

2. Use a nickel base anti-seize compound to lubricate the threads and sealing surfaces of the lower end of the body
prior to assembly. Also lubricate the threads and inboard face and radial sealing surfaces of the sub prior to assembly.

3. Install a new sub seal (item 12) into its groove in the sub. Install a new seat insert face seal (item 13) into its groove in
the insert. As mentioned in step 1, with the bonnet side of the valve body facing downwards, place the seat insert into
the lower body cavity, face seal side up. Verify that the insert shoulder is fully seated against the step in the body.

12
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

4. Place the sub into the lower body cavity, threaded end last. Make up the sub into the body by hand. If this is not
possible, check the body and sub for thread damage. Continue making up the sub until it bumps against the seat insert.

5. Using the pipe wrench, torque the sub to 800-1000 ft.-lbs. protect the outboard sealing face of the sub when flipping
the body over for bonnet assembly.

Bonnet and Linkage Assembly


1. Lubricate and install new seals (items 10 and 14) in the stem bushing (item 6). Note that the inner seal (item 10)
MUST be installed with the seal lip energizer facing the large end of the stem bushing. Failure to install this seal properly
could cause the seal to leak and fail. Place the stem bushing sub-assembly aside. Do not proceed with bonnet and
linkage assembly, unless all parts have been cleaned, inspected, and are found in good condition. Do not reuse Spirol
pins

2. Assemble the piston body (item 3) with items 4, 7, 8 (2x), 9, and 11. Place the face seal (item 11) into its gland in the
piston cap (item 4). Place the first seal retainer (item 8) over the nose of the lower end of the piston as shown in the
assembly drawing. Carefully place the piston seal (item 7) over the nose of the lower end of the piston and against the
first seat retainer. Place the second seal retainer (item 8) over the piston seal. Screw the piston cap (item 4) into the
lower end of the piston. Be sure that the face seal (item 11) remains fully in its groove during make up. Torque the cap
to 80-100 ft.-lbs. install a (lubricated) shoulder seal (item 9) into its gland on the upper end of the piston. Again,
orientation of this seal is critical. The spring energizer MUST be oriented towards the upper end of the piston as shown.
The piston sub-assembly is now complete. Take care not to damage piston seals (items 7 and 9) during assembly.

3. Slide the stem bushing sub-assembly (from step 1) over the lubricated end of the piston, large end first. Carefully slide
the bushing down towards the big end of the piston, as far as it will go. Do not force.

4. Assemble the two lower links (item 20) to the upper end of the piston with the first link pin (item 18). Orientation of
both links is critical. The links should have side bosses facing the same direction (away from the piston centerline). The
link bosses should also be oriented away from (not adjacent to) the bushing in the piston. Secure links with two 1/8”
Spirol Pins (item 19).

5. Assemble the “thick” end of the upper link (item 21) between the upper end of the lower links with the second link pin
(item 18) and again secure with two 1/8” Spirol pins (item 19). Upper and lower links should fit snugly with the link pins
but both link pins should turn freely in their respective bushings.

6. Slide the release shaft (item 45) into its respective hole in the side of the bonnet (big end first). Slide the release shaft
spring (item 48) over the threaded end of the release shaft. Slide the release shaft retainer (item 46) over the release
shaft, notched end last. Apply several drops of non-permanent thread locking compound to the threads of the release
shaft retainer prior to making it up fully into the bonnet. With no other components yet attached to the bonnet, the
release shaft may be pushed towards the middle of the bonnet to allow for use of a large slotted screw driver to make up
the release shaft retainer.

7. Push the release shaft towards the outboard side of the release shaft hole in the bonnet so that the threaded section
protrudes from the bonnet. Screw the release shaft button on to the release shaft. Use a few drops of non-permanent
thread locking compound to secure the release shaft button. Alternatively, the threaded end of the release shaft may be
pined with a center punch to prevent inadvertent loosening of the release shaft button.

8. Place the crank assembly (item 22), with its two bushings, into the cavity in the top of the bonnet. Slide the middle
section of the crank over the bushing in the top of the bonnet. Align the small end of the crank over the hole for the load
screw. Align the crank assembly hole with the bonnet bushing and insert the crank pivot pin (item 41). Note that the
transverse hole in the crank pivot pin must be oriented with respect to the matching hole in one side of the crank
assembly. Rotate and slide the crank pivot pin so that the transverse hole is in line with its respective hole in the crank
assembly. Drive the Spirol pin (item 44) through the hole to secure the crank assembly. The end of the pin should be
flush with the outer surface of the crank as shown in the assembly drawing.

13
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

9. Insert the linkage (attached to the piston) through the bottom of the bonnet with side bosses of lower links facing
release shaft hole. Again, orientation of the bosses on the lower links is CRITICAL to proper valve operation. Align the
hole in the upper end of the upper link with its respective hole in the crank assembly. Slide the top crank pin through the
hole.

10. With the lower end of the piston resting on a flat surface, steady the bonnet while rotating the top crank pin with
respect to the upper link. When the transverse slot in the top crank pin is aligned with the hole through the upper link,
place a 7/64 drift through the upper link to hold both members in place. Now allow the bonnet to move downwards and
the upper link to move to the near horizontal position until the parts rest against each other. (The piston is now basically
in the “tripped” position). Carefully remove the drift and, without disturbing the related parts, drive one 1/8” Spirol pin
through the hole in the upper link. Tap the pin carefully until it passes the top crank pin.

11. Lay the bonnet assembly on its side with the piston extended in the “set” position. Both lower links should be against
the side of the bonnet. Place one linkage (or “clock”) spring (item 25) over each end of the top crank pin. The inner tab
of the spring should slide into the slot in both ends of the top crank pin. Use a pair of needle nose pliers to grab the outer
tab of the spring to wind it “tighter” approximately 90 degrees and slip it into the slot in the crank. The short crook or
bend in the very end of the outer end of the spring should face towards the release shaft button. Press against the
outboard side of the spring to assure that it is fully against the side of the crank and fully engaging both slots.

12. Insert the load screw (item 38), threaded end first, through the hole in the crank assembly and out through the lower
side of the bonnet.

13. Drive a 1/4” Spirol pin (item 40) about 1/4 to 3/8” into one side of the lower spring retainer (item 39), just to hold it in
place. With the spring guide nubs facing upwards and the Spirol pin facing away from the bonnet, make the load screw
up into the lower spring retainer. The end of the load screw should protrude from the lower side of the lower spring
retainer by about 1/4”.

14. Slide the reset roller (item 31) over the small end of the “Z” or reset crank (item 30) and secure it with one 1/8” Spirol
pin (item 44). Insert the large end of the reset crank through its respective hole in the bonnet cover from the inside.
Place the weather seal o-ring (item 43) over the reset crank shaft from outside the bonnet cover.

15. Place the reset handle (item 16) over the reset crank shaft with the large chamfer facing the o-ring (and cover). Align
the hole in the reset crank with the hole in the handle and secure both parts with a 5/16” spirol pin (item 24).

16. Screw the adjusting stud (item 35) into the bonnet cover (milled notch end first) until the end is flush with inside
surface of the cover. Rotate the stud in or out slightly to allow the notch to align with the hole through the end of the
cover. Secure the stud by driving one ¼” spirol pin (item 40) through the cover until the outer end is flush with the outer
surface of the cover.

17. Place reset spring (item 23) over the spring guide rod (item 28) and insert one end of the rod into the shallow hole
(or divot) inside of the bonnet. Rotate the reset crank to allow the spring keeper (item 27) to be inserted into its hole in
the reset crank (from the outboard side). Position the cover (item 29) over the bonnet, tilt it back to view the keeper, and
guide the keeper over the end of the spring guide rod prior to placing the cover fully against the top of the bonnet.
Secure the bonnet cover using only New NOV cap screws lubricated with a nickel base never seize compound. Tighten
all four screws in a crossing pattern according to the "Torque Chart" on page 16

18. Set both load springs (item 37) on the lower spring retainer (item 39) and place upper spring retainer (item 34) over
the top of the adjusting stud and allow it to move downwards until it engages both springs. Screw the locknut (item 32)
on the adjusting stud until a minimum amount of compression is placed on the springs to hold them in place.

19. Orient the reset handle so that it is opposite the discharge side of the valve body. After lubricating the body bores
and piston seals stab the piston carefully into the upper end of the body. Press downwards on the bonnet until the
bonnet flange mates with the body. Secure the bonnet using only New NOV cap screws lubricated with a nickel base
never seize compound. Tighten all four screws in a crossing pattern according to the torque shown in "Torque Chart" on
page 16. The valve is now ready for calibrating.

14
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Body Flange/Adapter Assembly


1. Adapter flanges, 6-bolt x 3-1/2”-XXH butt-weld, 6-bolt x 3”-1502 female, or 6-bolt x 3”-1502 male may be attached to
or removed from the body of the “RX” valve assembly. When attaching these flanges, it is important to first install the
flange face seal (item 53) into its face groove in the flange. It is also important to make up all six 12-point flange cap
screws (item 51) with their respective helical lock washers (item 52) to the hand tight position prior to applying torque.
Torque all six cap screws in each flange little by little in a crossing pattern so that the flange face does not become
cocked with respect to the face of the mating body. Cocking of the flange will lead to early failure (blow our or extrusion)
of the flange face seal. Torque all twelve screws (6 on the inlet flange and 6 on the outlet flange) to the torque
prescribed in the "Torque Chart" on page 16.

2. On assemblies with the 3”-1502 union connections, care must be taken to protect the threads and sealing surfaces of
these unions at all times when the valve is removed from the line. Using worn or damaged union parts can cause
failures which could lead to serious bodily injury. Union hammer nuts should always engage their mating parts using
hand force. Never try to start a thread using a hammer. After the union is mostly made up by hand, it may be tightened
using a hammer. Usually, a 4 to 8 pound hammer is sufficient. Three to four blows on the nut member after initial
rotation has ceased should suffice to achieve the proper preload. Correct calibration - The relief pressure indicator
should accurately indicate the actual relief pressure. When the valve has been completely torn down and reassembled,
it will be necessary to re-calibrate the valve, even if no new components have been installed. Binding or interference
between parts, any and all moving parts, especially parts associated with the linkage assembly, will cause the valve to
operate improperly.

34000 Series Titan Class “C” Valve Assembly Table

Assembly Item Special Pressure Connection


P/N No Parts Range
Inlet Outlet
36 111342 3” SCH XXH 3” SCH XXH BUTWELD
34000-01 37 20805-03 750 - 2500 PSI BUTWELD

36 111342 3” SCH XXH 3” SCH XXH BUTWELD


34000-02 37 20805-04 1500 - 5000 PSI BUTWELD

36 31591 3” SCH XXH 3” SCH XXH BUTWELD


34000-03 37 20805-03 400 - 1500 PSI BUTWELD

Complete Bonnet Assembly Kits Assembly


P/N Pressure Range
34011 750-2500 PSI
34012 1500-5000 PSI
34013 400-1500 PSI

Seal Kit Assembly


P/N Pressure Range
34005 All (3) Pressure Ranges

15
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

Maintenance 7-1
Torque 7-1
Inspection 7-2
Tools Required 7-2
Replacement Seal Kit 7-2
Bushings 7-3

Maintenance
The Titan Class “B” Reset Relief Valve has been designed to require a minimum amount of maintenance. The
recommended maintenance for the valves involves removing the bonnet assembly (refer valve disassembly procedure)
every 2-4 weeks and flushing out the valve body and cleaning any debris. Then you would need to apply grease to the
inner walls of the valve body where the upper shoulder seal on the piston seals and also apply grease through the
grease fitting on the bonnet assembly itself until it is completely full of grease (from the factory it should be full of
grease). The grease will act as a rust inhibitor and this will protect against the corrosion. Flange screws, bonnet
retaining screws, and cover retaining screws should be checked for proper torque periodically. Please refer to the torque
chart.

Note:
Recommended Lubricant P/N 2560 Upper Bonnet Assembly Parts (Top Works): Maxi Glide Teflon Gel Lubricant or
Equal P/N 3015 Piston, Body I.D. and Seals: Synthetic Lubricant Grease or Equal.

Torque Chart
Size. Part No. Quantity Where Used Torque, Ft.-lbs--N-m

1/2”-13 SH Cap (4) 85+9


204044-10-14 Cover 115+12.2
5/8”- 11 SH Cap (4) 169+17
063150-10-15 Bonnet 229+23
1”-8 12-pt. Cap (8) 420+31.5
111676 Flange Adapters 569.5+42.7

Due to the variations in pulsation dampening from rig to rig and the resulting effect on component fatigue life, it is
recommended that the 1/2” and 5/8” socket head cap screws not be reused but rather replaced with new cap screws
when servicing the valve. Verification of the valve accuracy should be done on a regular basis. After all, this is a piece of
safety equipment and it should be operated and maintained accordingly. It is recommended that the valve be calibrated
every 6 months as a minimum. For calibrating the valve in the field, NOV may provide a portable manual pump with a
proper test gauge (1/4% full scale) to aid the operator (reference part number 32590). If a pressure gauge with a built-in
dampening device is used, the line pressure should be built up slowly to allow the actual system pressure and gauge
pressure to stabilize. If possible, the line pressure should be built up slowly and gradually with little or no pressure
pulsations.

Inspection
To inspect visually, with no pressure in the valve, reset button pushed in, remove (4) Bonnet Bolts. Pull Top Work up
vertically; inspect piston seal and the body ID. Wash any debris from the body and re-lube body and piston.
Reassemble. Valve is ready for reset.

Tools Required
1.3/32 to 7/64 inch diameter x 1 inch (min.) long straight shank punch (for items 19 and 44) To perform service work on
the Titan Class “B” Reset Relief Valve, the following tools will be required: To inspect visually, with no pressure in the

16
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

valve, reset button pushed in, remove (4) Bonnet Bolts. Pull Top Work up vertically; inspect piston seal and the body ID.
Wash any debris from the body and re-lube body and piston. Reassemble. Valve is ready for reset.
2. 7/32 to 15/64 inch diameter x 1-3/4 inch (min.) long straight shank punch (for item 40)
3. 1/4 to 19/64 inch diameter x 1-3/8 inch (min.) long straight shank punch (for item 24)
4. Small hammer
5. 3/8 inch hex Allen or internal hex wrench (for item 50)
6. 1/2 inch hex Allen or internal hex wrench (for item 54)
7. 3/8 open end wrench (for item 38)
8. Large slotted screwdriver (for item 38)
9. 1-1/4 6pt. or 12 pt. box end or socket wrench (for item 32)
10. Needle nose pliers (for item 25)
11. 1”-12 pt. socket and torque wrench (for item 51)
12. Sub wrench assembly, NOV p/n 31873 (for item 5)
13. Release Shaft Retainer Spanner, use large slotted screw driver (for item 46) 14. 15/16 open end wrench or open
end adjustable wrench (for item 4) 15. O-ring pick
In addition to these tools, a supply of new NOV spare parts should be available and on hand in order to speed the repair
process.

Replacement Seal Kit for P/N 34005

Item Qty Part No


7 1 32501-2
9 1 31914
10 1 31909
11 1 702640-03-20
12 7 02640-24-31
13 1 32519
14 1 702640-23-01
43 1 702640-21-01
53 2 702640-23-71

Spirol Pins
The minimum number of Spirol Pins required for complete replacement of all pins in the valve is shown on the bill of
materials and in the chart below:

Item Qty Part No Basic Size


19 5 20712-02 1/8 x 5/8
24 1 20712-13 5/16 x 1-3/8
40 2 20712-04 1/4 x 1-1/2

44 2 20712-03 1/8 x 7/8

NOTE
Refer to the Drawings and Parts List at the end of this manual for NOV part numbers and usage.
The bushings shown in the chart below are not specifically “ballooned” on the assembly drawing but they are called out
on the bill of material under the main item in the sub-assembly where they are used.

17
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

Bushings

Item Qty Part No Basic Size I.D. x O.D. x


Length
3a 1 13229-10 3/8 x 1/2 x 23/32
15a 1 13229-08 1/2 x 5/8 x 1/2
21a 1 13229-13 3/8 x 1/2 x 5/8
22a 2 13229-13 3/8 x 1/2 x 5/8
29a 1 13229-12 3/4 x 7/8 x 1-1/8

Unitized connector assemblies 8-1


Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Drawing 8-2
Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Parts List 8-3
Class Type “C”W/3”-1502 Connection Drawing 8-4
Class Type “C”W/3-1502 Connection Parts List 8-5

Unitized connector assemblies


Item Description Part
No.
1 Flange 1002 Female 31892
Connector
2 Detachable Nut 31881
3 Nitrite Seal Ring 31884
4 Male Half (Butt Weld Prep 31880
Piece)

Figure 8-1-1. 1002 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31893 (Flange 1002 Female)
Item Description Part
No.
1 Flange 1002 Male Connector 31891
2 Detachable Nut 31881
3 Nitrile Seal Ring 31884
4 Female Half (Butt Weld Prep 31871
Piece)
5 Retainer Segments (3 ea. 31926
included)
6 Retainer Ring 31927

Figure 8-1-2. 1002 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31894 (Flange 1002 Female)

Item Description Part


No.
1 Flange 1002 Female Connector 31930
2 Detachable Nut 31925
3 Nitrite Seal Ring 31884
4 Male Half (Butt Weld Prep 31931
Piece)

Figure 8-1-3. 1502 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31885 (Flange 1502 Female)

18
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Item Description Part


No.
1 Flange 1002 Male Connector 31929
2 Detachable Nut 31925
3 Nitrile Seal Ring 31884
4 Female Half (Butt Weld Prep Piece) 31932
5 Retainer Segments (3 ea. included) 31926
6 Retainer Ring 31927

Figure 8-1-4. 1502 - Hammer Union, Part No. 31886 (Flange 1502 Female)

Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Drawing

19
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

Titan Class “C” W/3” –XXH Butt-weld Connections Parts List

ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY SPARES

1 34001 BODY, MACHINE 3" 1


TITAN “C”
32524 SEAT, INSERT,TITAN
2
3 33003-01 PISTON BODY, SUB- 1 *
ASS’Y., TITAN
3a 13229-10 BUSHING, F/ PISTON 1

4 32500- CAP, FOR PISTON 1


02/M2
5 31948/M2 SUB, M2 / TITAN 1
CLASS
31900 STEM BUSHING 1
6
7 32501-2 SEAL, PISTON, 1 *
LOWER
8 32512 SEAL, RETAINER 2

9 31914 SEAL, UPPER PISTON 1 *


(SHOULDER)
10 31909 SEAL,STEM BUSHING, 1 *
INNER(VITON)
11 702640- O-RING, PISTON 1 *
03-20 CAP,FACE SEAL
12 702640- O-RING, SUB TO 1 *
24-31 BODY
13 3251 SEAL, FACE 1 *
(F/INSERT)
14 702640- O-RING, STEM 1 *
23-01 BUSHING OUTER
15 34020 BONNET, SUB- 1
ASS’Y,TITAN “C”
15a 13229-08 BUSHING, BONNET 1

16 30377 HANDLE, RESET, 1


MACHINED
17 32025-2 NAMEPLATE,F/ 1
BONNET (SMALL)
23545 PIN, LOWER LINK 2
18
19 20712-02 PIN, SPIROL 5

20 20786 LINK, LOWER 2

21 31977 UPPER LINK SUB- 1


ASS’Y.

20
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY SPARES

13229-13 BUSHING F/ UPPER 2


21a LINK
38161 CRANK, SUB-ASS’Y. 1
22
13229-13 BUSHING, F/ CRANK 2
22a
23 30391 SPRING, RESET 1
CRANK
24 20712-13 PIN, SPIROL 1

25 20791 SPRING, LINKAGE 2

26 31975 TOP CRANK PIN 1

27 30380 KEEPER, SPRING 1

30387 ROD, SPRING GUIDE 1


28
38159 COVER, SUB-ASS’Y. 1
29
13229 BUSHING, F/ COVER 1
29a
30373 RESET CRANK 1
30
30388 ROLLER, RESET 1
31 CRANK
5953-34 NUT, AJUSTING, 1
32 SELF-LOCKING
30379 INDICATOR, SET 1
33 PRESSURE
30385 RETAINER, UPPER 1
34 SPRING
20798 STUD, ADJUSTING 1
35
SEE CHART CAL. 1
36 PLATE
SEE CHART SPRING, 2
37 LOAD
30389 SCREW, LOAD 1
38
30382 RETAINER, LOWER 1
39 SPRING
20712-04 PIN, SPIROL 2
40
30381 PIN, CRANK PIVOT 1
41
5929-02 FITTING, ALEMITE, 1
42 1/4” MALE NPT
702640- O-RING, RESET 1
43 21-01 HANDLE
20712-03 PIN, SPIROL 2
44

21
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve –C 34000

ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY SPARES

30397 SHAFT, RELEASE 1


45
32052 RETAINER, 1
46 THREADED RELEASE
47 30396 BUTTON, RELEASE 1

48 31868 SPRING, RELEASE 1


BUTTON
49 111656 SCREW U-DRIVE 16

50 204044- SCREW, SH CAP, ½ 4


10-14
51 111676 CAPSCREW, FERRY 8
HEAD 1”
52 111680 LOCK WASHER 1” 8

53 702640- O-RING, FLANGE 2


23-71
54 063150- SCREW, SH CAP, 5/8 4
10-15
55 32025-1 NAMEPLATE, F/RRV 1
COVER (LARGE)
56 32025-3 NAMEPLATE,TITAN 1
CLASS
57 31852 FLANGE, WELD NECK 2
F/3"-C

22
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Class Type “C”W/3”-1502 Connection Drawing
Installation and Operation Manual
Reset Relief Valve – C 34000

Class Type “C”W/3-1502 Connection Parts List

ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY SPARES


1 34001 BODY, MACHINE 3" TITAN “C” 1
2 32524 SEAT, INSERT, TITAN 1 *
3 33003-01 PISTON BODY, SUB-ASS’Y., TITAN 1 *
3a 13229-10 BUSHING, F/ PISTON 1
4 32500-02/M2 CAP, FOR PISTON 1
5 31948/M2 SUB, M2 / TITAN CLASS 1
6 31900 S TEM BUSHING 1
7 32501-2 SEAL, PISTON, LOWER 1 *
8 32512 SEAL, RETAINER 2
9 31914 SEAL, UPPER PISTON (SHOULDER) *
10 31909 SEAL, STEM BUSHING, INNER (VITON) 1 *
11 702640-03-20 O-RING, PISTON CAP, FACE SEAL 1 *
12 702640-24-31 O-RING, SUB TO BODY 1 *
13 32519 SEAL, FACE (F/INSERT) 1 *
15 34020 BONNET, SUB-ASS’Y, TITAN “C” 1
15a 13229-08 BUSHING, BONNET 1
16 30377 HANDLE, RESET, MACHINED 1
17 32025-2 NAMEPLATE,F/ BONNET (SMALL) 1
18 23545 PIN, LOWER LINK 2
19 20712-02 PIN, SPIROL 5
20 20786 LINK, LOWER 2
21 31977 UPPER LINK SUB-ASS’Y. 1
21a 13229-10 BUSHING F/ UPPER LINK 1
22 38161 CRANK, SUB-ASS’Y. 1
22a 13229-13 BUSHING, F/ CRANK 2
23 30391 SPRING, RESET CRANK 1
24 20712-13 PIN, SPIROL 1
25 20791 SPRING, LINKAGE 2
26 31975 TOP CRANK PIN 1
27 30380 KEEPER, SPRING 1
28 30387 ROD, SPRING GUIDE 1
29 38159 COVER, SUB-ASS’Y. 1
29a 13229-12 BUSHING, F/ COVER 1
30 30373 RESET CRANK 1
31 30388 ROLLER, RESET CRANK 1
32 5953-34 NUT, AJUSTING, SELF-LOCKING 1
33 30379 INDICATOR, SET PRESSURE 1
34 30385 RETAINER, UPPER SPRING 1
35 20798 STUD, ADJUSTING 1
36 SEE CHART CAL. PLATE 1
37 SEE CHART SPRING, LOAD 2

1
MANUAL: M-34000
www.nov.com
Class Type “C”W/3-1502 Connection Parts List (Continue)

ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY SPARES

38 30389 SCREW, LOAD 1


39 30382 RETAINER, LOWER SPRING 1
40 20712-04 PIN, SPIROL 2
41 30381 PIN, CRANK PIVOT 1
42 5929-02 FITTING, ALEMITE, 1/4” MALE NPT 1
43 702640-21-01 O-RING, RESET HANDLE 1 *
44 0712-03 PIN, SPIROL 2
45 30397 SHAFT, RELEASE 2
46 32052 RETAINER, THREADED RELEASE SFT. 2
47 30396 BUTTON, RELEASE 2
48 31868 SPRING, RELEASE BUTTON 2
49 111656 SCREW U-DRIVE 16
50 204044-10-14 SCREW, SH CAP, ½ 4
51 111676 CAPSCREW, FERRY HEAD 1” 8
52 111680 LOCK WASHER 1” 8
53 702640-23-71 O-RING, FLANGE 2
54 063150-10-15 SCREW, SH CAP, 5/8 4
55 32025-1 NAMEPLATE, F/RRV COVER (LARGE) 1
56 32025-3 NAMEPLATE,TITAN CLASS 1
57 31930 1502 FEMALE FLG CONNECTOR 1
58 31929 1502 MALE FLG CONNECTOR 1
59 31884 SEAL RING, F/1002 & 1502 UNIONS 2
60 31925 NUT, DETACHABLE 3” 1502 2
61 31931 SUB, 3” 1502/1002 MALE X 3” XXH BW 2
62 31932 SUB, 3” 1502 FEMALE X 3” XXH BW 2
63 31926 SEGMENTS (3-PC) SET 2
64 31927 RETAINER RING 10/1502 2
FINAL DOCUMENTATION
FD-1600 Mud Pump

Section 2.4
Pressure Gauge

www.nov.com

You might also like